HomeMy WebLinkAboutAPA3506I
AQUATIC STUDIES PROCEDURES MANUAL
PHASE I
Alaska Department of Fish and Game
Su-Hydro Aquatic Studies
2207 Spenard Road
Anchorage,Alaska
99503
May 1981
Tiz
1'12 .-
,~
(5 <{
~t'?;
f)~3:,0b
•
ARLIS
Alaska Resources
Library &Infonnanon ServIces
Anchorage,Alaska
I DRAFT I TABLE OF CONTENTS
I.INTRODUCTION
Objective 1 ---------------------------------------1
Objective 2 ---------------------------------------4
Objective 3 ---------------------------------------4
II.TECHNICAL PROCEDURES
ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES ----------------5
Study Description and Rationale -----------------5
Sonar Counters ----------------------------------5
Tag/Recapture -----------------------------------7
Survey ------------------------------------------8
Stock Assessment -------------------------------11
Radio Tagging ----------------------------------12
RESIDENT AND·JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Study Description and Rationale ----------------13
Summer Field Operations ----------------------13
Winter Field Operations -~--------------------14
Study Habitat Locations------------------------15
Tributary Stream Mouth Sites -----------------15
Slough Sites ------------------~--------------15
Mainstem River Sites -------------------------16
Upper Susitna River Tributary Sites ----------16
Selective Sampling of Fish Concentrations ----'16
Study Methods ------------~------:-~~----...-------19
Tagging of Resident Adult Species ------------19
Resident Adult Tag Recovery ------------------19
Radio Telemetry ------------------------------20
Level of Effort --------------------------------20
AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW STUDIES
Study Description and Rationale ----------------20
Fishery Habitat Evaluations ------------------20
Selected Habitat Evaluations -------~---------23
Study Site Locations ---------------------------27
Fishery Habitat Evaluation Sites -------------27
Selected Habitat Evaluation Sites ------------27
Methods ----------------------------------------27
Water Quality --------------------------------27
Hydrology ------~-----------------------------28
Mapping -----------------~--------------------34
Level of Effort --------------------------------37
III.DATA PROCEDURES
ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES ---------------38
Sonar Data Collection and Preparation ----------38
Escapement Sampling-Age &Length Data ----------44
Labeling Procedures ----------------------------48Tag/Recapture Data Collection and Preparations -52
Survey Data Collection and Preparation ---------59
•
RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Biological Data -----------------~--------------59
AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW STUDIES
Assigning Gear Placement Numbers (GPSN)--------65
Personal Log Book ------------------------------66
Completing Aquatic Habitat Fonns ---------------66
IV.QUALITY CONTROL
All Projects --------------------~-------------.78
Data Routing ----------------------------------79
V.SCHEDULE
All Projects -----------------------~-----------81
VI.PERSONNEL
All Projects --.-----------------------~--------85
W-.L ~-!-e--y-a -I--u.Af"€>_c..2-k.t:.f'.APPENDICES
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
.Sonar Installation and Operation Manual
Oscilloscope Operation
Fishwheel Operation
Fish Tagging
Electro-Shocking Instructions
Habitat Site Locations .1 !
R~rSampl ing.Techniques >/)/VL,.V~.~-rL.~
AH Instructlon Manuals 0
LIST OF FIGURES
I.INTRODUCTION
1.Susitna River Basin (approximate scale
1:2,200,000)-----------22.Phase I study areas,Susitna River Bas;n ----3
II.TECHNICAL PROCEDURES
1.Sampling sites in a typical
impoundment stream --------------------------172.Resident and Juvenile Anadromous (RJ)and
Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow (AH)
Personnel Deployment-Ice Free Months --------21
3.Resident and Juvenile Anadromous (RJ)and
Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow (AH)Study
Personnel Deployment-Ice Covered Months -----22
4.Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow
Study Program Components --------------------23
5.Fishery Habitat Evaluation Components -------23
6.Selected Habitat Evaluation Components ------25
7.USGS Type AA Current Meter RatingTable-----29
8.Measurement of Horizontal Angles (From
Buchanan and Somers,1973)------------------31
ARLIS
Alaska Resources
Library eft InformatIon ServICes
Anchorage.Alaska
//-~
\\..i~'
\.i(""
9.Embeddedness Classification System (From
AEIDC,1980)--------------------------------32
10.Substrate Grid ------------------------------33
11.Cross Sectional Profile Diagram -------------34
12.Example of Morphometric Map with Depths and
Elevations in Feet (Modified from Bovee and
Cochnauer,1977).---------------------------3613.Large River Velocity and Depth Procedure
Diagram -------------------------------------37
III.DATA PROCEDURES
1.Printer tape stamps -------~-----------------392.Preferred scale,preferred scale zone,
and length measurement ----------------------46
3.Scale selection and mounting on gunmed card -47
4.River Channel Patterns (From Richardson,
et.al.,1975)-----------------------------~67
IV.QUALITY CONTROL
1.Data Routing,Phase I,1981 -----------------80
V.SCHEDULE
1.Adult Anadromous Project Schedule,1981 -----82
2.Activity schedule,1981.Integrated
Resident and Juvenile Anadromous
Fisheries and Aquatic Habitat and
Instream Flow Projects ----------------------83
3.Reporting Schedule,1981 --------------------84
LIST OF TABLES
II.TECHNICAL PROCEDURES
1.Sampling Streams Proposed Susitna
Impoundment ---------------------------------182.General Habitat Evaluation Parameters -------24
3.Selected Habitat Evaluation Parameters ------25
4.ADF&G/USGS Additional Water Qual ity.
Measurements ---~---------~------------------26
III.DATA PROCEDURES
1.Daily Log for Sicescan Sonar Counter ---------40
2.Side Scanners Counter Log --------------------41
3.Side Scanner Counts --------------------------42
4.Field Counter Calibration --------------------43
5.Daily Escapement Data --------------~---------45
Sa.Age,Weight and Length (AWL)Form ------------49
5b.Conmercia1 Catch Sampling Information
(AWL Codes)----------------------------------506.Anadromous Adult Investigations-Susitha
Hydro Statistical Codes and Code Samples -----51
7.Individual Fishwheel Catch Record ------------53
8.Tag Deployment Record ------...-----------------54
.
--~._---"
..
9.Tag Recapture Record -------------------------55
10.Stream Survey Log ----------------------------56
11.Variable Gear Log ----------------------------57
12.Egg Deposition Log ---------------------------58
13.Susitna Hydro Resident and Juvenile
Anadromous Study Biological Data RJ 81-02 ----60
14.Susitna Hydro Resident and Juvenile
Anadromous StudY Tag and Recapture Data
RJ 81-03 -------------------------------------6115.Susitna Hydro Resident and Juvenile
AnadromousCatch Data RJ 81-01 ---------------62
Un-numbered:
AH-81-01 General Aquatic Habitat Evaluation --73
AH-81-02 Point Specific Habitat Evaluation ---74
AH-81-03 Aerial View Map ---------------------75
AH-81-04Discharge ---------------------------76
AH-8l-0S Staff Gage No.----------------------77
..
-------------~---_.._--------------------
I.INTRODUCTION
The Susitna River,Southcentral Alaska's major river system,
drains into Cook Inlet near the City of Anchorage (Figure 1).The
.drainage encompasses an area of 19,400 square miles and extends north to
Mt.Denali and east almost to the town of Glenallen.The mainstem river
and its major tributaries are of glacial origin and carry a:heavy silt
load during ice-free months.Many of the smaller tributaries are peren-
ni ally esil t-free.
Construction of hydroelectric dams will affect portions of
the fish and wildlife resources of the Susitna River Basin.The two dam
system proposed would inundate in excess of 50,500 acres of an aquatic
and terrestrial habitat upstream of Devil Canyon.Historically,the
long and short term environmental impacts of hydroelectric dams have
adversely altered the sport and commercial fisheries of affected drain-
ages (Keller,1980;Hagen et a1.,1973).Regulation of the·mainstem
river will substantially alter the natural flow regime downstream.The
transmission line corridor,substations,road corridor,and construction
pad sites will also impact aquatic and terrestrial conmunities and their
habitat.
The proposed hydroelectric development necessitates gaining
a thorough knowledge of its chemical,physical and biological parameters
prior to final dam design approval'and construction authorization.
Preliminary environmental assessments of the project noted deficiencies
in the state of knowledge of the Susitna drainage fisheries {FWS-ADF&G,
(1978).
\"'1~
To insure adequate information is available to determine the
impacts of the proposed hydroelectric project and to design proper miti-
gative strategies,a two-phase data collection program has been developed.
This manual addresses Phase I (July 1,1980-December 31,1981)procedures
to be conducted within those study areas outlined in Figure 2.
The following objectives -are to be addressed in the Phase I
field fisheries studies •
.
OBJECTIVE 1.Determine the seasonal distribution and relative
abundance of adult anadromousfish populations produced
within the study area.
Task 1.1 Enumerate and characterize the runs of the adult ana-
dromous fish.
Task.1.2 Determine the timing and nature of migration,milling
and spawning activities.
Task 1.3 Identify spawning locations within the study area
(i.e.,subreaches of the mainstem sloughs and side channels,
tributary confluences,lakes and ponds,etc.)and estimate
their comparative importance .
._------~------'---------
•
,,
(
1,
\,,
I,,
I
I
I
I
\
\.,
"I
I
I
/
--",.--,,.,
I'....
I ....
/,,
t
,---_..,.-/----'
/--"'",
'"_.----,,,
I,
I
I
I
f
'-'---.,
I "I ...-'
I .......------",..,
",,,
I
"-
..•
~
"'\
"\,
•
..
/..•.
<.~,.-..
Fi gure L Susitna River Basin (approximate scale 1:2,209~OOO)
:
..
•
,~--.,.-'...
,I
I ...
/....
/
I,
Impoundment
study area
Aerial chinook salmon
surveys covers entire
system downstream of
D~Yil Canyon dam site.
........
,.,,
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
"",
I
I
-',.-
",
~....--',~......_...-""
".
'lower river ~
".'"study areas---a:m:f
-'
.........
--....
I
\
I,
(
\'\,
I ............
................'-....
\
"...
\,,
\
\,
\
"
Figure 2.Phase I study areas.Susitna River basin.
Task 1.4
Task 3.2
Identify and determine methods,means and the feasibility
of estimating the Susitna Rivers contribution to the Cook
Inlet commercial fishery.
OBJECTIVE 2.Determine the seasonal distribution and relative
abundance of selected resident and juvenile anadromous
fish populations within the study area.
Task 2.1 Identify spawning and rearing locations of the resident
species and the rearing locations of juvenile anadromous
species to estimate their comparative importance.
Task 2.2 Record descriptive information on captured fish (species,
location of capture site,age class),and discuss seasonal
migration patterns of selected adult resident species.
OBJECTIVE 3.Characterize the seasonal habitat requirements of selected
anadromous and resident species within the study ~rea.
Task 3.1 Through direct field observations and measurements
identify the physical and chemical conditions which
appear to be influencing the suitability of various
habitat types for the species and life history stages of
interest.
Through direct field observations and measurements
characterize the physical and chemical parameters of the
various habitat types found in the study area.
To meet the above objectives,the study program is separated
into three sections;Adult Anadromous Fisheries,Resident and Juvenile
Anadromous Fisheries,and Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow Studies.
The operations of the Anadromous Adult and Resident and Juvenile Anadromous
field investigations will be interrelated to and conducted in cooperation.
with the Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow studies.The specific procedures
for completion of each section of the program are described in this
manual.
II.TECHNICAL PROCEDURES
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Study Description and Rationale
Three (3)principal methods will be used to determine the
distribution,abundance,timing and migrational activity of adult anadromous
salmon in the study area (Tasks 1.1 and 1.2).They are:(1)deployment
of side scan sonar (SSS)counters,(2)tag and recapture with fishwheels
and (3)aerial surveys.The SSScounters are expected to accurately
monitor pink and sockeye salmon escapement and be reasonably effective
on the other species with the exception of chinook salmon because returning
adults characteristically migrate upstream in mid-channel beyond the
operational limits of SSS counters.Tag and recapture data using fishwhee1s
should effectively establish the timing and escapement levels on coho,
sockeye,chum and pink salmon.Chinook salmon escapement and distribution
will be provided through an aerial survey program covering all known and
suspected spawning grounds of this species.
Various types of sampling gear will be used on the Susitna
River mainstem and subreaches (sloughs,side channels and tributary
confluences)along with ground and waterbourne surveys to assist in
determining the extent of salmon spawning activity (Task 1.3).Radio
tagging will also be conducted to gather specific information on the
migrational behavior,timing and spawning locations of chinook,coho and
chum salmon in the upper Susitna River,principally between Talkeetna
and Devil Canyon (Tasks 1.2 and 1.3).
Lastly,an evaluation will be made of the various means
and methods available for assessing the Susitna River contribution to
the Cook Inlet commercial salmon fishery.The emphasis will be directed
toward formulating a plan which can be implemented in Phase II that
provides stock identification (Task 1.4).•
Sonar Counters
Operation Dates
A training class on sonar operation will be held from 1 May to
30 May;field activities for sonar enumeration will begin and terminat~
on <the following dates:.
Susitna Station
Yentna Sonar
Sunshine Sonar
Tal keetna Sonar
15 June to 7 September
15 June to 7September
15 June to 15 September
15 June to <15 September
•
Methods
Two Bendix side scanning sonars (SSS)will be deployed at each
of the four (4)sonar sites (Figure VI-1A).This equipment will be
operated by trained ADF&G personnel.A training program for two (2)
members of each crew will be-conducted on the Kenai River by ADF&G/Commercia1
Fisheries Division biologists Ken Tarbox and Bruce King;both have
several years of field experience each with SSS counters.
Procedures for deployment of the substrate and equipment
operation are described in the 1980 Side Sonar Counter Installation and
Operation Manual,Bendix Corporation (Appendix I).
Counts of salmon crossing the substrate will be recorded
on printer tape each hour of the day.The paper printouts will be
removed from the counters and the counts tabulated on a separate form
each day.Counter accuracy will be monitored four (4)times daily for
3.5 minutes by hand tallying fish related echos displayed on an oscillo-
scope (Appendix II).The ratio of visual counts to SSS counts will be
used to derive a calibration factor.This cal ibration factor will then
be used to adjust the daily raw sonar counts (III Data Procedures).
A fishwhee1 will be installed below each SSS counter to
provide escapement samples and relative abundance data by species for
apportioning sonar counts.The fishwheel will be placed so that its
presence does not confl ict with or bias the sonar counters performance.
All fishwheel captured salmon will be enumerated by species and sampled
for the data required below (III Data Procedures).
Sockeye Salmon:Forty (40)sockeye salmon will be sampled
daily for age,sex,and length.
Chinook Salmon:Age,sex and length samples will be obtained
daily from all captured chinook salmon.
Chum Salmon:Twenty five (25)age,sex,and 'length samples will
be obtained daily from all captured chum salmon.
Coho Salmon:Twenty five (25)age,sex and length samples will
be collected daily from fishwheel captured coho salmon.
Pink Salmon:Forty (40)length and sex samples will be collected
daily from fishwheel captured pin~salmon.
.The number of fish sampled for age,sex and length information
is adequate to define escapement characteristics and variabil ity based
on previous findings by the ADF&G Stock Separation Office.Age samples
will not be collected from plnk salmon due to there being only one (1)
age class involved in the adult return.
Sonar counts and attendant data will be forwarded to the
,~Anchorage office every two (2)weeks.
15 June to 15 September
15 June to 15 September
15 June to 21 September
/'~"._"'"
l··'r-'
\,,:
\.
Tag/Recapture.
Operation Dates
Field operations for tag/recapture projects will start and end
on the following dates:
Sunshine Tag/Recapture
Talkeetna Tag/Recapture
Curry Tag/Recapture
Methods
Two (2)fishwhee1s will be deployed off each bank of the
Susitna River at both the Sunshine and Talkeetna sites (Figure VI-1A).
Two (2)fishwhee1 s~one on each bank~will be operated at the Curry
site.All fishwhee1s will be operated continuously,24 hours per day.
Fishwhee1 design and operation is described in Appendix III.
Each fishwhee1 will be checked five (5)or more times daily
to insure minimal holding time and reduce stress.All adult salmon with
the exception of chinook salmon will be tagged and released.Chinook
salmon escapement will beacertained by aerial survey of all known and
suspected spawning areas.Tagging method is outlined in Appendix IV.
F10y FT-4 spaghetti tags color coded International Orange and consecutively
numbered,will be used exclusively at the Sunshine site.Yellow color
coded FT-4 spaghetti tags will be used to mark adult salmon at the
Talkeetna site;they will.also be consecutively numbered.The Curry
site will use one (1)inch diameter Peterson disc tags~similarly consecutively
numbered.
Fish recaptured at upstream tagging locations will be inmediate1y
released following identification and recording of the tag type,color
and number (III Data Procedures).•
The tagging crew at the Curry site will also collect age~
length and sex data for each species as follows:
Sockeye Salmon:Forty (40)sockeye salmon will be sampled
daily for age,sex and length.
Chinook Salmon:Age~sex,and length samples will be obtained
daily from all captured chinook salmon.
Chum Salmon:Twenty five (25)age~sex and length samples will
be collected daily from captured chum salmon.
Coho Salmon:Twenty five (25)age~sex and length samples will
be col1 ected daily from fi shwhee1 capture.d coho salmon.
Pink Salmon:Forty (40)length and sex samples will be collected
daily from fishwheel captured pink salmon.
The number of fish sampled for age t sex and length information
is adequate to define escapement characteristics and variability based'
on previous findings by the ADF&G Stock Separation Office.Age samples
will not be collected from pink salmon due to there being only one (1)
age class involved in the adult return.
Tag and recapture data will be forwarded to the Anchorage
office every two (2)weeks.
Survey
Operation Dates and Survey Reach
Field operations for identifying Susitna River mainstem and
slough spawning areas will begin and end on the following dates:
Susitna Station Survey
Sunshine Survey
Gold Creek Survey
15 July to 1 October
15 July to 7 October
15 July to 15 October
The geographic area of responsibility for each crew is:
Susitna Station Survey -Estuary to Kashwitna River
Sunshine Survey -Kashwitna River to Chase
Gold Creek Survey -Chase to Devil Canyon
Mainstem and slough survey will be performed weekly.The
Sunshine and Gold Creek crews will perform the tag and recapture surveys
as scheduled below:
SURVEY
CREW LOCATION'PERIOD FREQUENCY
•
Sunshine All tri butary 25 July to 10 Oct.Weekly
streams between
Chulitna River
and Chase
Birch Creek 1 Aug.to 15 Aug.and Weekly
7 Sept.to 21 Sept.Weekly
Troublesome Cr.7 Aug.to 15 Aug.and Weekly
7 Sept.to 21 Sept.Weekly
Byers Creek 7 Aug.to 15 Aug.Weekly
Byers Lake 1 Sept.to 15 Sept.Weekly
Question Creek 1 Sept.to 21 Sept.Weekly
(-~Swan Lake Trib.7 Sept.to 19 Sept.Once,
,,r--.,SURVEY
~CREW LOCATION PERIOD FREQUENCY
Horseshoe Creek 7 Sept.to 21 Sept.Weekly
Clear Creek 7 Aug.to 15 Aug.Once
(lower 2 miles)
Gold Creek All Tributary 25 July to 1 Oct.
streams between
Chase and Devil
Canyon with ex-
ceptionof Port-
age Creek and
.Indian River
which,because
of their length,
will be surveyed
only for the first
one (l)quarter
mile upstream
from the mouth.
Weekly
From 25 July to 15 September,the Gold Creek crew will also
be responsible for fishing gill nets at various locations on the Susitna
River between Devj1 Canyon and a point approximately 1/2 mile above
Portage Creek once every five (5)days for four (4)hours.Collections
will be made in a manner as unifonn and unbiased as possible to assure
that the study area is satisfactorily sampled.
Chinook salmon enumeration surveys of mainstem and tributary
systems will be conducted from July 15 through August 15,1981.
-
All sampling periods and survey frequencies area based upon
the results and experiences of previous studies conducted in the ·Susitna
River basin by ADF&G.
Methods
Mainstem Surveys
The following gear will be used to determine the presence of
mainstem spawning:
1.Drift gill nets
2.Electroshockers
3.Echo.recorders
4.Egg deposition pump
•
Each crew will have assigned a 20 foot river boat powered by
a 75 hp jet outboard.
Drift gill nets will be fished by extending the net out
perpendicular to the river channel,with the outside end of the float
1 ine attached to a buoy and the other fixed to the boat.The boat will
drift under just enough power to keep the net reasonably straight and
perpendicular to the current.Mainstem areas fished by this method
should be substantially free of surface and subsurface debris and
sufficiently shallow enough to allow the net to reach within a foot (or
less)of the bottom.Catch data will be recorded as outlined in the
drift net fonn (III Data Procedures).Salmon caught by drift netting
will not be assumed spawning at the catch location unless all of the
following criteria are met:.
1.Fish exhibits spawning maturation colors and morphology·.
2.Fish expells eggs Or milt when slight pressure is exerted
on the abdomen.
3.Fish is in vigorous condition,with 25 percent or more of the
eggs or milt remaining in the body cavity.
4.An additional drift produces fish meeting criteria 1 through 3
above.
Each crew will have an echo recorder (depth finder)available
which will be used on the Susitna River ma'instem in those areas where
water depth precludes use of a drift gill net.Method of operating the
/'~echo recorder will be in accordance with manufacturer1s guidelines~"except that the-transducer beam will be directed horizontially across
the river channel instead of vertically.Suspected fish targets will be
verified at first opportunity with electroshocking equipment or any .
other methods which based on site conditions appears feasible.
Two (2)electroshocking boom units will be available for use
between the three (3)crews.Operating procedures are outlined in •
Appendix VI.These units will be worked whenever feasible on the
Susitna River mainstem.The same criteria outlined under drift gill.
netting will be used to ascertain whether captured fish are spawning at
the catch location.
Where water depth allows,suspected mainstem spawning areas
will ~e sampled for egg deposition.A standard backpack water pump and
two (2)circular standing screen cod nets 18 inches in diameter will be
used to sample the river bed.Equipment operating procedures will be
demonstrated in the field.Results will be recorded in the appropriate
sampling fonn (III Data Procedures).
Set gill nets will be deployed by the Gold Creek crew in
slack water areas and eddies on Susitna River mainstem between Devil
Canyon and a point approximately ·1/2 mile upstream of Portage Creek.
Deploying a gill net is achieved by tying one (1)end of the float 1 ine
to the shore and "playing out"the net from the side or bow of the boat
,'~and then releasing the end of the net with an anchor and buoy attached
to the offshore end of the lead line and float line respectively.
Properly positioned 9 the net should extend offshore in a straight line
or with a slight downstream arc.
Each survey crew will report the location of suspected mainstem,
slough.and tributary spawning areas twice weekly to the Aquatic Habitat
(AH)crew assigned to that area.This information will be transferred
to the AH crew on duplicate sampling forms (III Data Procedures).Each
Adult Anadromous (AA)crew will also perform those co-operative duties
disclJssed in the AH technical procedures section.
Slough and Tributary Surveys
Sloughs (clear water)and tributaries listed in the preceeding
'section will be surveyed in their entirity except as indicated according
to the schedule.Surveys will be conducted on foot by two (2)crew
members;one counting live fish and one counting carcasses.Observers
will wear polarized glasses and use tally counters when enumerating
fish.,Survey infonnation will be recorded on the appropriate form along
with the number of tagged fish,catagorized by tag type and color (III
Data Procedures).
Survey data will be forwarded to the Anchorage office every
two (2)weeks.
Chinook Salmon Aerial'Surveys
Aerial surveys to enumerate individual chinook salmon will be
conducted via helicopter over all known and suspected spawning grounds.
Data reported will reflect the total number of fish observed.
Eulachon Survey
Eulachon 9 are known to utilize lower portions of the river
for spawning.A survey addressing Eulachon is planned for Phase II
operations in the spring of 1982 and will not be 'discussed further here.
Stock Assessment
Operation Dates
Program will begin and end on the following dates:
1 July to 1 December
Methods
•
A Fisheries Biologist II will perform a comprehensive literature
search on salmon stock identification methodology and procedures.All
available fisheries data on each species and stock north of Anchor Point
i 100011
in Cook Inlet focusing on age 9 size 9 run timing and abundance will also
be compiled.Data sources will include but not be limited to ADF&G Cook
Inlet Data Reports 9 Management and Catch Statistic Reports 9 Federal Aid
Reports 9 USFWS &NMFS pub1ications 9 and unpublished data from ADF&G
staff and other state 9 federal and private fisheries scientists.
After compil ing avail able stock information and eval uating
proven and suggested stock separation methods 9 an analysis'will be made
of the suitability of each stock separation technique in determining the
contribution of Susitna River fish to the Cook Inlet fishery.The
resul ts will be presented in a final report along with specific recomnendations
on implementing a stock separation program for Susitna River fish.
Radio Tagging
Operation Dates
A training class will be held from 15 May to 1 June on the
Kenai River for personnel assigned to the radio tagging program.
Field activities for radio tagging and tracking will begin on
the Susitna River and terminate on the following dates:
15 June to 1 October
Methods
The training class will be conducted under the direction of
Carl Burger.All personnel assigned to the radio tagging program will
be trained in the use of proven techniques to sample.tag and radio
track salmon.Carl Burger is a biologist with the U.S.Fish and Wildlife
Service and has considerable radio tagging expertise.
Following training 9 project personnel will radio tag approxi-
mately 40 adult salmon.The salmon will be collected at the Talkeetna
fishwheel site which is far enough upstream of the ralkeetna/Chu1itna/Su-
sitna River confluence to insure that radio-tagged individuals are
actually utilizing the drainage upstream of this point.
•
SPECIES'
Chinook
Chum
Coho
NUMBER RADIO TAGGED
15
13
12
i~00012
TAGGING PERIOD
15 June-15 July
1 August-7 September
15 Ju1y-l September
I •\__
All tags used will be low frequency (40 MHz)and will have a
life expectency of 90 days or more,with a reception distance of not
less than one (l)mile.
The fish will be selected from fishwheel captures at the
Tal keetna tag/recapture site.There will be no attempt to bias sel ection
other than no fish will be tagged with a transmitter that has been
tagged previously with either Floy or Peterson disc tag or is l~thargic
or shows any external injury.Once a fish has been selected it will be
transferred to a water tight box containing a fish anesthetic to subdue
the specimen.The fish will be ready to tag within about two (2)minutes.
The cigar-shaped radio transmitter to be used is next tested
for signal reception in water.Thence,it is coated with water soluble
glycerin,and with the help of plexiglass tubes,is slid through the
mouth and esophagus and into the stomach.Prior to release of the fish,
the transmitter is tested again.The salmon is gently transferred to
the river near shore,where it is held until consciousness is regained
and the fish can forcefully swim away.Preliminary tracking studies
will commence from a boat.
When several fish have been tagged and released,periodic boat
trips and flights will commence to document their new locations •.In
this studY,boat tracking will occur at least twice weekly.At least
two {2}tracking flights will also be made per week (weather permitting),
With fixed wing aircraft and/or helicopters.Both manual and scanning
radio receivers will be used.From the boats,fish will be pinpointed
to 20 +feet of their actual locations.
Data will be recorded on the appropriate forms (III Data Pro-
cedures)and will be forwarded to the Anchorage office every two (2)
weeks.
•
B.RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Study Descriptions and Rationale
Phase I of Resident and Juvenile Anadromous (RJ)field
operations win extend over one sumner and two partial winter seasons.
The following discussions outline seasonal work plans to be implemented.
Summer Field Operations
Summer field operations will be conducted from May through
October util izing riverboats,rafts ,fixed-wing:'aircraft,hel icopters
and pick-up trucks as the primary means of transportation.A total of
.four riverboats,crewed by Resident and Juvenile (RJ)and Aquatic Habitat
'and Instream Flow (AH)biologists,will operate on the Susitna River
from the Estuary to Devil Canyon.
The riverboat crews will be based at the Yentna,Sunshine
(and Talkeetna Adult Anadromous (AA)Studies fishwheel/sonar camps and at
the Gold Creek RJ Camp.Basing the boats at these locations will pro-
vide the necessary security and logistical support required for project
implementation.Each riverboat will be staffed by one to three RJ
biologists accompanied by one AH biologist as indicated in Figure 2.The
responsibil ities assi gned to the four RJ riverboat biologist crews will
include:
Systematic sampling of resident and juvenile anadromous populations
using established techniques including gillriets,minnow traps,
adult traps,hook and line,seines and electrofishing.
Design an effective downstream migrant trap to be deployed during
Phase 1I.
Ta,g and release adult resident fish and attempt recapture.
Conduct informal interviews of sport fishermen between Talkeetna
o and the Tyone River and record the following information:
Date and location of catch.
Species,number of fish and number of hours fished.
Method of access to the area.
Carry out those co-operative duties discussed in the AH procedures
section •
. A fifth crew consisting of three RJ biologists and one AH
biologist will operate iOn the upper Susitna River Basin.This crew will
enter the study area as soon as practicable after break up.They will
be provided both fixed-wing and helicopter air support in addition to •
two (2)inflatable rafts for primary river transportation.0 These biologists
will be mobile;moving their base of operation between habitat locations
everyone (1)to three (3)days.Emphasis will 'be placed primarily at
tributary mouths,tributary reaches and natural lakes which would be
inundated after impoundment.
Winter Field Operations
Winter field operations were initiated in December 1980 along
the Susitna River from the estuary to Devil Canyon.This period of the
field program will continue to such time as ice-out (April)and begin
the following November or December.Two to three crews as required to
complete sampling objectives,are operating from bas~camps at Gold
Creek and Montana Creek.Primary river travel is by snowmachine with
'support from fixed or rotary wing aircraft as necessary_Field camps
or-and 'local lodging facil ities are being used as appropriate.
i 100014
•
Winter field crews are assigned as depicted in Figure 3.
Study Habitat Locations
Resident and Juvenile Anadromous Fisheries Studies sampling
locations are depicted by number in Appendix VI.Figures 3-8.The general
area of each habitat location is indicated by a corresponding number in
the map code column of Table 1.Appendix VI.More specific locations
follow each numerical group code.An explanation of the system of
specifying geographic locations is included in Appendix VI.
Due to the inherent variabi1 ity of a dynamic system such
as the Susitna River.actual placement of gear can not be precisely
defined.However,every effort has been made to insure that the re-
producability necessary for the acquisition of meaningful data has been
incorporated into the sampling site selection scheme.
Selection of individual sites at habitat locations is based
on the following criteria.Each site will be sampled bi-week1y.
Tributary Stream Mouth Sites
Selection of sites at tributary stream mouths will include up
to three (3)sites within the back-water pools commonly found at tributary/mainstem
.confluences.They are:
Mainstem river/tributary interface (a).
Approximately one half (1/2)the distance up the back-
water pool (b).
Interface of back-water pool and tributary ,flow (c).•
On many smaller tributaries only sites (a)or (a)and (c)
will be sampled.while it is anticipated that on larger tributaries all
threeCsites will be sampled.This will be necessary to insure that the
sampling gear is not spaced so close to influence overall gear effectiveness.
Slough Sites
Selection of sampling sites at sloughs will include up to
three (3)sites.depending on the size of the slough.They are:
Slough mouth.
Approximately one half (1/2)the distance up the slough.
Slough head.
Mainstem River Sites
Mainstem river sites will be selected in areas suitable
for effective deployment of the various gear types.The actual location
of mainstem sites will be marked on a prominent shoreline object (tree)
by blazing and/or placing an aluminum plate with the site location and
number inscribed thereon.
Upper Susitna River Tributary Sites
Preliminary ground reconnaissances of upper Susitna River
tributaries which will be affected by the proposed impoundment were
conducted by the U.S.Fish and Wildlife Service (1974)and the Alaska
Department of Fish and Game (Williams,1976).Based on these findings,
eight major tributaries have been selected for in-depth studies of fish
populations.These streams,with the mile which may be inundates,are
listed in Table 1.
A typical tributary stream 'is shown in Figure 1 with sampling
sites define~.Preliminary ground and aerial surveys have shown that
prime fish habitat occurs primarily in the lower one mile of tributaries.
l A distance of one mile will be measured relative to the thalweg of the
·.stream.Starting from the stream mouth,every other 500 foot section of
stream will be sampled within this mile.Proceeding upstream,the sites
will be numbered one (1)through five (5).A non-sampling area of 500
feet will follow each .site sampled.
At site one (1 },gear fished will initially include the following:
Five(5}minnow traps,five (5)trot lines,one (1)set for burbot
variable mesh gillnet,seines,electric shocker,and rod and reel.Gear
fish(!d at sites two (2)through five (5)will include:seine,electrk
shocker,and rod and reel.
Set gear will be fished for 48 hours.A maximum of one (1)•
hour will be spent fishing seines and/or shockers at sites two (2)
through five (5)to yield a qualitative and quantitative indication of
fish present.At site six (6)extending from the end of mile one (n to
the upper flood level any or all of the non-fixed gear will be fished to
determine the presence or absence of fish.
Sample sites will be blazed and tagged to insure the same
areas are sampled each time.
Selective Sampling of Fish Concentrations
To augment the tag and recapture portion of the project,areas
of observed fish concentrations will be sampl ed without regard to
sampling design or quantitative comparison.It is envisioned that this
sampling selection method will insure that adequate numbers of resident
(~species are tagged for study of migratory behavior:
...-'
~I
5USITNA
KEY
In .Sampling Sites
N •No sampling -~.
•
Figure 1.Sampling sites in a typical impoundment stream.
i-~00017
Table 1 •
Sample No.
(1 )
y (2)
!I (3)
(4)
(5)
11 (6)
(7)
(8)
Sampling Streams Proposed Susitna Impoundment.
Impoundment -Lower 2,050
Fog 6.5 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna 04.Trib.to
Rt (South)side of Susitna to Next site 5 miles.
Tsusena 4.5 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna 04.
Left (North)side tribe to next site 4.5 miles.
Impoundment -Upper 2,200
Deadman 2.0 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna 03.
Left (N)side tribe to next site 7.0 miles.
Watana 8 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna 03.
L side tribe to next site 12 miles.
Kosina 4.0 miles iii impoundment.Talkeetna 02.
Rt.side tribe to next site 1.5 miles.
Jay 2.5 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna 02.
Left side tribe to next site 21 miles.
Goose 1.5 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna C1.
Rt side trib to next site 2.0 miles.
Oshetna 3.5 miles in impoundment.Talkeetna C1.
Rt side tribe to next site 11 miles.
!I High falls in lower river likely preclude all upstream fish
passage to upstream sampling areas.
!~
i",:.
Study Methods
A variety of sampling techniques and equipment will be
used to capture resident and juvenile fish.The transactions of the
American Fisheries Society have through the years presented articles on
the relafive effectiveness of gear types.Discussions and illustrations
of gear along with fishing techniques are presented by Lagler (1959)and
ill ustrated by Sundstrom (1957).The use of the rod and reel in the
capture of the various fish species 1s discussed at length by McClane
(1965).
Gear types are divided according to season of intended use and
mobility of deployment.Minnow traps,burbot sets,trot lines,jigging
sets and under-ice gill nets are intended for winter use while minnow
traps,trot 1ines,burbot sets and set gill nets are intended·for sUlIITIer
use.Beach seining,hook and line angling,electro-shocking and drift
gillnetting are primarily mobile techniques intended for summer use.
Deta il ed i nstructi ons on the assembly,use (setti ng)and
checking of the various gear types used is in Appendix VII.
Tagging of Resident Adult Species
Efforts will be made to capture up to 3,000 resident adult
fishJortagging.Species to be tagged are Arctic grayl ing,burbot,
rainbow trout,round whitefish,humpback whitefish,and suckers.
,
The Floy Tag and tagging system described in Figure IV-l
will be utilized in all tagging except for burbot.Tagging of burbot
will be accomplished with a disk dangler type tag (Figure IV-2;Figure
IV-3)using methodology described by Mauney.(1965)and Rounsefell,
(1963).Abbreviated instructions for attaching the disk-dangler are in •
Appendix IV section B.
Resident Adult Tag Recovery
Recovery of tags placed on adult resident fish will be
accomplished by the following means:
The angling public will be requested to return recovered tags to
Fish and Game or if captured fish is released,to report the tag
number.The public will be informed of the tagging program by:
(1)news releases to the media,and (2)posters placed in lacations
frequented by anglers.
Resident and Juvenile Anadromous field operations.
Radio Telemetry
An experimental telemetry program will be conducted with large
resident species.The purpose of the program will be to determine if
resident fish can be successfully tagged and monitored.Ten (10)tags
will be employed with tagging commencing just prior to freeze-up.The
movement of resident fish will be monitored to determine intra-system
migration patterns.The limited data will provide a basis for determining
feasibility of more extensive studies during Phase II .
Details of tagging procedures are discussed in the Adult
Anadromous section.
Level of Effort
Schematics of study personnel by primary area of respon-
sibility are given in Figures 2 and 3 the full staff of RJ will include:
1 Fisheries Biologist III,1 Fisheries Biologist II,and 10 Fisheries
Biologist lis.Personnel of AH staff will participate in field operations.
C.AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW STUDIES
r~'.r Study Oescri pti on and Rational e
~~,
Phase I of the Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow Study (AH)
will be subdivided into two segments (Figure 4):1)fishery habitat
evaluations of the principal resident fish,and juvenile and adult
anadromous salmon sampling areas to include point specific and general
habitat evaluations;and 2)selected habitat evaluations which represent •
similar habitats in the study area in addition to those slated for fish
sampling.
Fishery Habitat Evaluations
Fishery habitat evaluation studies will be performed during
the winter and summer field seasons and are subdivided into point specific
ard general habitat evaluations (Figure 5).
Point Specific Evaluation
Velocity,depth,and substrate dataw111 be collected at
the gear placement sites (gps)to characterize the range of streamflow
dependent characteristics which appear to be influencing the suitability
of various habitat types for the species and life stages of interest.
Velocity,depth,and substrate data will a1 so be recorded at points
where fish are observed.These data will be collected according to the
AA ground survey and RJ sampling schedules.
..-",'
))i
RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS (RJ)AND AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW (AH)STUDY
PERSONNEL DEPLOYMENT -ICE FREE MONTHS..
Figure 2.
RESIDENT/JUVENILE -AQUATIC HABITAT
PROJECT LEADERS
R/J FB III AH FB III
Upper River (Devil Canyon
to Tyone River).
RJ FB II
RJ FB I
RJ FB I
AH FB I
AH FB II·
AH FB II
AH FB I
RJ FB I
RJ FB I
RJ FB I
AH FB I
RJ FB I
RJ FB I
AH FB I
T~lkeetna.to li.i1 canyon,
Talkeetna Gold Creek Base
Base 1
I I
Estu:ry to r1 ke~tna
Yentna Sunshine
Base Base
RJ FB I AH FB I
.AH FB I RJ FB I
RJ FB I
.........ooo
l\:),..
.'
.Selected Habitat Evaluation Study Crew.
...~.
-~oao
'(t\j
~
-)
,RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS (RJ)AND AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW (~H)STUDY
\.....
PERSONNEL DEPLO~MENT -ICE COVERED MONTHS
Figure !.
RESIDENT/JUVENILE ...AQUATIC HABITAT
PROJECT LEADERS
FB I II FB II I
RJ FB II
Ii I
Talkeetna to Devil's Canyon
I .I .I
Talkeetna Base Gold Creek Base
Estuary to Talkeetna
MORtana Creek Base
RJ FB I
RJ FB I
AH FB I •RJ FB I
RJ FB I
AH FB I .
•
RJ FB I
RJ FB I
AH FB I
,I
Upper River
Personne 1 wi 11
.include project leaders
and FB lis shifted as
required
Figure 4.Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow Study Program Components.
Rater
Quality
fishery Habitat -Evaluations
Point General
Specific Habitat
Evaluation Evaluation.-
.----1:.---,'
IHld~l.~I".,pl~I
-Figure !t~~-Fishery-Habitat Evaluation Components.
.-
..
General Habitat Evaluation
.,~
1 General habitat eval uations will provide the necessary data
to describe and map the overall habitat characteristics of each RJ and
AA study site.These data will be collected in the study area below
Devil Canyon on a twice per month basis with the exception of discharge.
Discharge will be measured three times~once per seasonal period of low~
medium~and high flows based on existing flow records.Data will be
collected in the study area above Devil Canyon~according to the schedule
detailed in the RJ section.Data collected will include the parameters
listed in Table 2.
Table 2.General Habitat Evaluation Parameters.
•
*Note:these parameters will not be measured in the study area above
Devil Canyon.
Selected Habitat Evaluation
Habitat locations which can be used to represent areas
between Talkeetna and Devil Canyon that have comparable physical and
chemical characteristics will be evaluated one time per seasonal low~
medium~and high flows.These data will be used to determine how many
miles or what percent of this section of the river has similar characteristics
(Fi gure 6).
;'00024
Water
Quality
Selected
Habitat
Evaluation
Mapping Hydrology
Figure 6.Selected Habitat Evaluation Components.
Data co 11 ected on maps and eva 1uati ons of these sites wi 11
C;~·include.the parameters listed in Table 3.
Table 3.Selected Habitat Evaluation Parameters.
.
.Additional water quality data will be jointly collected
by AH and U.S.Geological Survey (USGS)personnel (Table 4).
•
Table 4.ADF&G/USGS Additional Water Quality Measurements.
Nutrients And Organics
NH4 Organic N Total
Phosphorus Dissolved Total
Phosphorus Total
Dissolved Organic Carbon
Suspended Organic.Carbon
Inorganic Constituents
N02 +N03 dissolved
NH4 dissolved
NH4 +Organic N dissolved
NOZ +N0 3 Total
Silica Chloride
Calcium Magnesium
Sodium
Fluoride
Sulfate
Potassium Turbidity
Dissolved Solids (residue
at 18°C)
Minor Elements Dissolved and Total
Arsenic Iron
Barium
Cadium
Chromium
lead
Manganese
Mercury
•
Cobalt Nickel
Copper Selenium
Zinc
Field Parameters
Specific conductance,alkal inity,pH,temperature,dissolved
oxygen.
Sediment Analysis
Suspended sediment concentration and complete particle size
analyzed..
i'00026
(-.-:;;-...
.t,'·
Study Site Locations
Fishery Habitat Evaluation Sites
.Point specific measurement sites data will be collected
at each RJ gear placement sampling site location.Data will also be
collected at the AA sonar and fishwhee1 sites and spawning sites which
will be identified by the AA ground survey crew.
General habitat evaluation sites will be the same as those
described in the AA and RJ Study Habitat Location Sections of this
manual.-
Selected Habitat Evaluation Sites .
Project personnel wi11review and analyze aerial photographs,
topographic maps,and the water surface profile analysis of the study
area between Ta'rkeetna and Devil canyon to identify five representative
habitat locations.These locations will be selected in May,1981.
Additional sites will be added at a later date if they are determined to
have value to the Phase I study.
Methods
Water Quality
Water Quality will be evaluated at the fishery habitat
evaluation and selected habitat evaluation staff gage placement sites in
the study area below Devil Canyon.Water quality data will be collected
from the center of each index area in the study area above Devil Canyon.
General habitat evaluation water qual ity data will be co11 eeted twice
monthly below Devil Canyon and once per month above Devil Canyon.
Se1 ected habitat eval uation water qual ity data will be coll ected one
time per seasonal period of low,medium,and high flows.•
Dissolved oxygen (DO),pH,temperature,and specific conductance
of surface waters will be measured in the field with a Hydro1ab model
4041 multiparameter meter or a combination of instruments (YSI model 57
-dissolved oxygen meter,-a YSI model 33 S-C-T meter and a Digi-sense
model 5985-40 pH meter).Intragrave1 water temperatures will be measured
'with a combination Digi-sense thermistor C-8522-10 and YSI 400 series
semi -sol id insertion probe system.The instruments will be operated
following the manufacturers·instructions (Appendix 8)and when applicable
calibrated according to the procedures established by the USGS in 1981
(USGS,1981).Water samples for turbidity analysis will be collected at
the same time the preceding water quality field parameters are measured.
Samples will be collected in 250 m1 plastic bottles filled two-thirds
full and stored in a cool,dark location prior to analysis.Turbidity
samples win be returned to Anchorage once per week for analysis on a
Hach model 2100A turbidimeter.Air temperature will be measured at
these sites with a thermometer shielded from the direct rays of the sun.
•
/~,Surface water temperatures will be continuously monitored
;,~at staff gage placement sites by Model J-90 Ryan thermographs to identify
thennal characteri stics within the study area.These sites will inc1 ude,
but not be limited to the four (4)AA sonar and eight (8)fishwhee1
sites,and the mouths of major tributaries below Devil Canyon.Thermographs
will be enclosed witMn minnow traps,weighted with stones and attached
to the staff gage with wire.The traps and wire will be concealed to
prevent tampering with by the public.Thermographs will be inspected
twice monthly and the time,date,and temperature recorded on the chart
to calibrate the instrument.The "0"ring seal will be cleaned and
greased lightly with vaseline to prevent leakage before resealing the
thermograph.Charts will be replaced every ninety days.In addition to
surface water temperatures,intragravel temperatures will also be continuously
monitored by thermographs buried in the gravel to characterize the
relationships between surface and ground water temperatures.
Hydrology
Mean column,point velocity,and depth measurements will
be measured with Marsh-McBirney,Price AA,or Pygmy flow meters and top-
setting wading rods according to the respective manufacturers'instructions
and procedures approved by the USGS (Smoot and Novak,1977;Buchanan and
Somers,1973).Point velocities are measured at the same depth as the
organism (i.e.fish)or object (i.e.minnow traps,spawning redd,etc.)
of interest.The mean column velocity is the measurement of the average
velocity in the ·same vertical plane as the preceding point velocity.In
water with a depth of three feet or less,as measured with a top-setting
wading rod,the mean column velocity·will be measured at the one point
located .6 of the total depth from the surface of the water.For depths
greater than three feet,two velocities will be measured to compute the
mean column velocity.They will be measured at .2 and .8 of the total
depth from the surface of the water and averaged.If the channel bottom
is soft,.care must be taken to avoid submerging the foot of the wading
rod or the sounding weight into the substrate material.•
When using a Price AA or Pygmy flow meter,the velocity at
the point of the current·meter is determined by counting the number of
signals ("c1icks")per unit of time.Each meter is cal ibrated by the
conmercia1 supplier and an equation for the relationship between velocity
and revolutions per unit time is derived.To facilitate field use,the
equation is solved for a number of revolutions ("s top counts")and
various time steps.A rating table (Figure 7)which shows the velocity
for a given number of revolutions per time interval is provided with
each meter.The real trick in using the rating table is to memorize the
"stop counts".One should count clicks for at least 40 seconds,remembering
to stop count-jng at one of the stop counts in the rating table.Failure
to do so will negate theabHity to obtain the velocity directly from
the rating table.One cannot simply interpolate between stop count
values given in the table;the rating curve equation must be solved.
..0;"fELCC:JrY IN FEET lEI.SECOND .sO;
Ii ..naI.....&J,1 ,10 .IS Jo IS so 40
40 .111 .2f2 .401 .515 .I"I.U.1.2.US 2.10 ..,
....110 .211 .3U .552 .In UI us UJ 2.U 41.:.171 .210 .21.1 .nl .111 U'1.22 1.5.UO 42
43 .172 .211 .u,.5%7 .•710 1.0.1 1.2'1.54 U,•.1
ac --.1".211 .3f'.,uS .113 1.01 l.21 l.Jl 2.00 ...
I..1'..2U .JSJ .JD4 .'47 .,,,US I.C'1.1,..,.,.IU .2J7 ..In ...'c .nl .'"1.2'I.C"1.12 c,
C,.Ist .252 ..If'.4....,...'C'1.11 1.41 1."41
cs .ISG .2'"..JU ..4,...701 .,n 1.16 l.2.I ...."I
C,.ISJ .241 ..131 .415 "'''-'10 1.13 1..15 1.10 4'
so .1.1 .2.11 ..JU .4"""4 .1'2 1.11 I.n 1.71 .0
U .1.'.23..II'.·.C.,.....I7S·I.ot 1.30 I.U U
52 ....,.210 ..JU .u,....,""1.07 U.1.70 52
.J.J..IU .221 ..JDI .431 .."....,1.0'IoU 1.17 53
••.ICI .222 .30'.421 .'21 .127 1.D.1 1.21 I.U 54ss.13'.211 .2".41'..U .113 1.01 1.21 I.U S5
$I .In .21S .2J2 .10'.....",.tn.1.1'l.s."n .13$.211 .111 .402 .s'c .715 .",1.11 l.s,n••·.IU .20..21.1 .3".s.c .772 .tlO I.U .1.s2 51
St .UI .2G.S ..I".u,.s7C .7St .'CI I.U UO S,
tD .12'.202 .27C .31J .JU .'C7 -'21 1.11 1.47 10
'I .127 .Itt .270 .377 .sSf .7U .,1.1 I.OJ 1.4''I
12 .125 .1".2"..J12 .su .72.1 :.."I.M ....1 12
IJ .121 .IIJ .212 .211 .SI'.Tn ..".1.01 1.40 n
54 .122 •1'0 .u•..J'I .5JI •701 ••72 1.01 1.31 ,..
IS .121 .11'.2U ..JJS .s21 .ltl .I"1.0.1 1.31 IS
".1.1'.11'.2S"l .35..su ""1 .'C'1.01 1.34 "".UI .113 24..345 .so..nl .In .ttl I.3J n
II .11'.11'.244 .3CI .sOl .'11 .121 .t12 1.30 II
It .UI .111 .241 .13'.4".1.2 .110 "'"L2I It,..IU .11'.231 .3U··A".l4J .7".t.4 1.27 70
I •,II II It 2S J.II .
UNlnorrAn.lI
DI!P,.RTJIEHT o.nlE IN11!1lI01.
CtOLOClCAL SURVEY"ala DiwlIiaII
RAnNC TAILS POI.TYl'E Aft CUlR!NT IIETEI
Act"".,.U llJ:0.25 10'0 1m fIft:_t1II1IrIn
AI
VEl.OCfrY IN ,"UT PEl SECONt ilkft*1'"
SO ....100 U.JOG 2SO lDO 1$1
n 2.1C U.of.n US 1.17 10.11 lUI 11.10 11.01 .1
CI U''.21 ".21 U2 Ul 10.12 IU'1$.11 IU.I.
42 2.61 .1.13 4.IS 5.20 7.7.10,)'IUS IS.U 11.11 I.
4.1 US UI 4.0'S.D'1.60 1...2 12.15 15.1:17.1'II
C4 2.SO 2.tt .",.4."7.43 '-I'12.3.I ....'17.3'.4
U 2.4C U2 U,••IS 7.1,,.n 12."IUD •1.'1 ••
"U.2.U 3.1D 1.7$7.11 ,.'"11.12 1••11 16..C ••
47 2.34 2.10 '.12 ...,.U,1.2'11.5'13."I"'''C7
41 2.2,2.74 .1.1S c.s,...1 '.07 11.33 IU'U"IS ••C,2.2C 2.,.)..17 C.I'""7 .n II.ID U.Jl IJ.J~.,
SO 2.20 2.13 U.4.n UC 1.71 I ....b.D''''.3~"$I 2.lt .2.U'J.4J .I·U·,.u •.sc 10."12.1'14.91 ••n U2 J.SJ J.J7 ".20 I.:i.I..JI 10.'"12.'"14.'•U
U 2.01 1.4'J.SI 1.12 '.17 '.12 '0.27 lUI IU'U
S.2.04 2.14 J.24 1.05 I.D''.07 10.01 12.0'..~"U
SS 2.DO UO J.II U.US ""2 '.It 11.17 11.1""51 I.n US 3.U J.to S"C 7.7.'-'2 IUS 1.1.5'.a,.,J.tJ UI .1.0'U"5.74 7AC .,"',II .••lUI "51 I.'D 2.11 3.02 J.71 5.14 7:S1 1.31 11.15 lUI II
st 1.11 2.1"2.t7 3.71 u.7.3',.u 11.0'IU'Sf
60 1..1 2.20 2.91 .1.15 s.c,7.2'1.07 10.11 IU'.1
II 1.'1 2.11 2.11 3.s,5.J7 7.IC '.92 10.70 lUI fI
12 I.U 2.13 2.IJ .J.sJ 1.2.7.OJ ...,.IUJ IU'".13 u.2.10 2.7t 3••'5.20 '.12 ..,.10.31 12.0'II
6.I."2.06 2.71 '.C2 5.12 1.11 1..11 I D.20 .11."ce
"1.70 LOI 2.70 J.n J.DC '.71 I.U 10.lIS 11.71 .1
U 1.67 1.00 2."J.J2 U,1.11 1.2J ...,1I.s'"
"1.1,U7 UJ 1.27 ...'1.51 '.13 '.7J 11.37 IJ
GI 1.12 LtC LSI J.22 U2 UI 1.01 '.10 11.30 '1
"lAD 1.'2 2..1S J.U 4."'.31 7.1t I.'"11.04 II
7'.l.s.1.1'2..11 :1.1.1 ....'.U ""I UJ 10...."SO 10 ID 100 ISO ·200 210 JDft .,.
Std RllIIIe N..I
UN1TED STA1'E!I
IlOAaTUOoT OF nut INnRJOI.
GEOLOGICAL IURWl""lin Jl.ao_DIriIIn
RATII'fC T.Ut&FOa nn M CU1UU!Hf UE'l2Il
:EOUAnDMS:V-2.1IOJl..D20(1.ZOIl)2.no••.IDo
riP-1(....
Figure 7•.USGS Type AA Current Meter Rating Table.
i\00029
Every attempt will be made to obtain velocity measurements.
When location of fish sampling gear and water depth make these measurements
impossible to obtain,this will be noted on the point specific habitat
evaluation fonm.
Staff gages,will be installed at fishery habitat and
selected habitat evaluation sites in the study area below Devil Canyon.
Specific placement will be detennined by the crew in charge of selected
habitat evaluation.Staff gages will be read twice monthly to determine
the stage/discharge relationship between sloughs,side channels,and the
mainstem river with the exception of side sonar and fishwhee1 site staff
gages which win be read every six (6)hours when the sites are manned
by M crews.
After 40 seconds has elapsed it is only necessary to concentrate on
stopping at a II s top count ll
•The rating table is usua11ycontructed in
one-second steps from 40 seconds to 70 seconds.When using a Marsh-
McBirney electronic flow meter,allow the meter to calibrate,place in
the proper location and read the meter.
locations of point and mean column velocity measurements
will include minnow traps,sa1monredds,gillnets,and trot 1ine sites.
Velocities will also be measured at sites where fish are observed.
Minnow trap velocities will be measured at the upstream
mouths of traps each time they are set and reset.location and identification
of salmon redds where velocity and depth will be measured are based on
standards established by the ADF&G (Estes,Hepler,and Hoffmann,1981)
and the Arctic Environmental Infonnation and Data Center,AEIDC (Baldridge,
1981).Biologists will select vantage points within study sites that
allow both good visabi1ity for observation and create the least disturbance
to the fi sh.Po 1a ri zed sun glasses will be worn to screen out refl ected
glare from the water and increase the observer's efficiency.Redds will
be defined by direct observation of the repeated fanning and digging
actions of the female at the same site.Redds will also be located by
observing characteristic spawning behavior including biting and chasing
of intruders by a male-female pair,or an individual adult remaining
over a distinct excavated depression in the streambed.When a redd is
located,the site will be marked by methods similar to those used by .
Bovee and Cochnauer (1977).After all of the redds within a sampling
site have been identified,the velocities and depths will be measured.
,.......IE:.Ve10cities at set gi11net and trot line sites will be measured o-t~l-.t.cetl+IJ6~\~i~;'__1'}in.ist s ils...a10ng the length of the initial set when set U'-h t.Z<';L..
perpendicular to the flow.When set parallel to the flow,one velocity .61\'~:t'.\...J
measurement will be taken imnediate1y upstream of the net or trot 1ine.J,J .~'"'\\."',.-l:"
Measurements will be recorded each time the gi'll nets and trot 1iries are a.J,~'1r~
set and the locations of fish captured noted.•~"~or G.-l:.\
.e~Q,()~
~-\:'N.~~.
•j.~<:i..d I I {l~•
!".ll'-th I ('12-\.
~~h.\
A transect will be surveyed and the stream bed profile
determined ina plane perpendicular to the flow of water at each gage
site prior to installing a gage.Staff gage elevations in the study
area between Talkeetna and Devil Canyon will be determined from the R&M
Consultants datum used to establish streambed elevations.The staff
gage will be read before and after collecting the discharge data.This
information will be used to develop stage/dischargerating curves and to
estimate reach specific streamflows.~Jhere applicable 9 mainstem discharge
information will be obtained from the closest USGS gaging station as a
control.
Discharge will be measured at staff gage placement sites
during three seasonal flow periods (high 9 medium 9 and low).These
measurements and the following discussion_are based on procedures developed
by the USGS (Smoot and Novak,1977;Buchanan and Somers,1973),and
USFWS Instream Flow Group (Bovee and Milhous,1978;Trihey and Wegner,
1981).-
Discharge will be computed from the mean column velocity
and depth information recorded at vertical columns (verticals)collected
along the transects surveyed when placing the staff gages.A tagline
will be stretched across the water parallel to the transect.One should
attempt to subdivide the channel such that no more than 5%of the total
flow passes between successive verticals.The spaces between verticals
are termed cells.Verticals are to be placed such that they best describe
ve-locity distribution and changes in the cross sectional channel geometry.
If the direction of flow is not at right angles to the cross section 9
find the velocity vector normal to the section.Measure the cosine of
the horizontal angle.(Figure 8)by holding the discharge measurement
note sheet in a horizontal position with the point of origin (0)on the
left edge over the tag line,bridge rail,or any other feature parallel
to the cross section.With the long side parallel to the direction of
flow 9 the tag 1ine or bridge rail wi'll intersect the val ue of the cosine
of the angle Ca)on the top,bottom 9 or right edge.Multiply the measured
velocity by the cosine of the angle to determine the velocity vector •
component normal to the measuring section •
.f"_
!,
I
!'
t .,
Figure 8.Measurement of Horizontal Angles (from Buchanan-and Somers,
1973)•
Substrate data will be collected based on procedures
used by the AEIDC (1981),ADF&G (Estes,Hepler,and Hoffmann 1981)and
Shirazi (1979),at fishery habitat evaluation (point specific and general
habitat)and selected habitat evaluation sites.
General habitat and selected habita"t evaluation substrate
data will be co 11 ected along the di scharge measurement transect{s)at
each velocity and depth measurement site.Point specific habitat evaluation
substrate data will be collected from a 2 foot radius around the velocity
and depth measurement site.
Substrate classes will be assessed by selecting up to three
predominant substrate groups and recording the percent of each.The
size and type of substrate are grouped into the following classes:
o.Organic Detrius
1.Silt Clay
2.Sand
3.1/16"-1/4"
4.1/4"-1 11
5.1"-3"
6.3"-5"
7.5"-10"
8.10"+
9.Bedrock
Notes will also be made as to the absence or presence and
amount (%cpver)of periphyton (attached algae)and other aquatic vegetation.
The degree of embeddedness will also be recorded.Embeddedness is
defined as the filling of interstitial space by fines between substrate
of Class Five (5)or greater (Figure 9).
Uluauat10D
2
J
7,
2S
50
7S
90 to 100
•
Figure 9".Embeddedness Classification System (from AEIDC,1980).
4'00032
..
~~
l,-
r
.......,.........
Ir'-
•..
··
··
··
··
··
..-$·
··I-At.3t;"
·~·-·
·•
,~...............
Fi gure.104 Substrate Gri d Di agram.
i
I,i'00033
Maps will be drafted which identify substrate data sampling
sites and the locations of various substrate classes (III.DATA PROCEDURES).
The boundary between each distinct substrate class area within the
sampling site will be delineated on the Aerial View Map fonn (AH-81-03).
The substrate cl assification within each of these distinct areas will ../11.
al so be identified and recorded on the map.Substrate from each of ~~
these areas w'ill be II h"8 !J.'IDee;alit mapped.Three (3)photographs will M~··'IX:
be taleen at one third intervals along each transect using photography ~~{'-f'
procedures similar to those.used by R&M Consultants (Griffiths 1981).jA .7..
60 X 60 cm grid subdivided into 5 X 5 em squares (Figure 10)will be .'tIL
pl aced on top of the substrate and photographed (Kell erhal s and Bray.t,jV".
1970;Sri ffi ths,1981)..?f{~
Mapping
.An upstream view cross sectional profile.map will be drafted
for each staff gage transect (Figure 1l).The staff gage location and
the channel dimensions;top width.wetted perimeter,banleful1 top width,
and water I sedges,of the cross sectional profi1 e will be inc1 uded.
Definition of terms follow:
Top Width:The top length of the water surface of a channel
cross section measured in a plane perpendicular to the direction
of the flow between the two water's edges.
-
Wetted Perimeter:The length of the submerged portion of a
channel cross section measured in a plane perpendicular to the
direction of flow between the two water's edges...
Banlefull Top Width:The top width of a channel cross section
measured in a plane perpendicular to the direction of the flow
between the two highest water's edgemarles.
Water's Edge:The point where the water surface comes into •
contact with the banle.
____Bel*fUIToo Wldtll ------
figure 11.Cross Sectional Profile Diagram.
n/''u1 34•Vv
An aeri~l view map will be drawn for each sampling site and.
will include the following (III.DATA PROCEDURES):
Substrate Types:The boundary of areas covered by a distinct
substrate composition using the substrate classification
system.The degree of embeddedness of Class Five (5)and
larger substrate,and the percent of area covered by attached
algae and higher aquatic plants.
Cover:Overhanging vegetation,trees,dead fall obstructions,
large boulders,and undercut banks.
Channel Dimensions:The boundaries of the water1s edges and
the bankfull water1s edges.
Pools and Riffles:The locations of pools and riffles within
study areas.Pools will be defined as a deeper,placid,and
slower moving section of a stream and riffles as the shallow
rapids in an open stream,where the water surface is broken
into waves by obstructions wholly and partly submerged (Stalnaker
and Arnette,1976).
Compass Direction:Orientation to the magnetic north.
Sampling Points:The position of each gear placement site,
and staff gage and transect locations.
Selected habitat evaluation sites will be morphometrically
mapped (Figure 12).A tag line will be stretched along transects to
determine horizontal distances between the two banks and the position of
each vertical depth measurement between them.An electronic distance
finder (EDF)will be substituted for taglines when the distance between
the bank is greater than 150 feet.Depths will be measured from a boat
with a Raytheon Model DE 719B portable survey fathometer or on foot with •
a wading rod depending upon depth and accessibil ity~Where use of the
tag line and/or wading rod is not feasible due to the length of transect
and depth of water,the following method will be used.A person located
on the shore will operate an EDF and direct the boat operator via two·
way radio.When the boat crosses the transect,a distance will be
registered on the EDF and manually recorded.At the same time that
distances are measured,a radio signal will be transmitted to the boat
and a marking device will be triggered by the boat operator to record
the depth on the fathometer chart.
At least one photograph will be taken at each of the fishery
.habitat and selected habitat evaluation sampling sites which represents
the general habitat.Additional slides will be taken to depict a unique
situation or habitat type.
.Ou035
Rlollt W.t.,·.Edoe-
___-of'S.'---r---
\
~4--"1.0-.J.-----f---~
Figure lZ.Example of morphometric map with depths and elevations in feet
(modified from Bovee and Cochnauer,1977).
•
Figure 13.Large River Velocity and Depth Procedure Diagram.
The information recorded on theo top section of the General
Aquatic Habitat fonn(AH-81-0l)will be photographed for site identification
prior to photographing the sampling site.Each AH crew member will
maintain a personal log book and establish a section to record the
photography information.Orientation (i.e.upstream view,downstream
view,etc.),subject,time,and date will be noted.Each roll of film
and canister will beo assigned a number before use.As °an example,the
first roll of film being used by Jim Doyle in 1979 would be 1abe1ed·JD-
79-01,the second JD-79-02,etc.He would list each photo under this
number in his logbook,identify the date,stream name,survey area,and
section number.The roll and canister number and the quantity of photos
taken will also be recorded in the related data column space of the
General Habitat Eva1 uation fonn (AH-81-0l).
Level of Effort
Aquatic Habitat personnel will be distributed within the
study area as illustrated in Figures 2 and 3.The AH staff will include
one (l)FB III,two (2)FB Ills and six (6)FB lis.Aquatic Habitat,RJ
and AA crew members will jointly collect data as indicated in this
manual.
e{;037
III.DATA PROCEDURES
Essential to this program are data analysis procedures.
'~Due to personnel constraints,this segment of the project has been
delayed.An amendment to this manual will be filed once the biometrics
program becomes operational.
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Sonar Data Collection and Preparation
Daily Procedures
1.PRINTER TAPE STAMP:Each day's printer tape should be
stamped (Figure 1)at the beginning and end of the tape
as well as anytime during the day that control settings
are changed.Each morning the tape is removed from the
counter,stamped on both sides of the tear and filled
with the same information on each stamp.
2.DAILY LOG FOR SSS CONTROLS:This is a summary of changes
in controls which should be updated daily (Table 1).The
infonnation is necessary when interpreting raw counts and
calibration factor data.
/--.,
,!~
,~~
3.SIDE SCANNER COUNTER LOG:Details the mechanics of
operation of the counter,substrate and related equipment
(Table 2).Any apparent malfunctions should be recorded
with description,frequency,and consistency noted.
Also,changes in sensitivity,spare card changes,raising
or moving of substrate,anticipated problems,and needed
repairs on equipment.This is the place where suggestions
on improving operations,notes on river conditions which
-might have an effect on the equipment,and general comments
should be noted.
•
4.SIDE SCANNER COUNTS:Raw counts from printer tapes are
entered by hour and sector (Table 3).Counts which
register debris or are skipped in printing should be
noted with a "d"or "s"in the appropriate hour-sector
box.Enter "0"'if there are no counts.To tabulate
data:An average of the hour on each side of a skip
should be used for the skip and counts should be totaled
for each sector and each hour.The grand total is the
total of all sectors or all hours (they should be equal).
This is known as the "daily raw count".In addition the
percent of total raw count by sector and hour should be
recorded in parentheses next to-the total.After each
day's counts are tabulated and reported,-printer tapes
and SSS count forms should be placed in notebooks until
sent to the main office.
5.FIELD COUNTER CALIBRATION:Raw counts will be calibrated
in season by visual monitoring of the counters with an
l.oation:-
Date:Time:•
Beam Angle:•
Veto~~ty:-
Deotef Range:-
/---.,.Live Ran~:;~•"'~
Observers:-
Remarks:•
•-
Figure 1.Printer tape stamp.
.
-)f,""
I""o~
Year:SIN:-------
Table 1.
.........
;-?i.'
':.},r .••••<1 ,.;
-':1 •Hivul':0 Bank:_
...:Ft':)Number--------,___:')~j Pag~_'Of ~__
.
DAILY LOG FOR SIDE SCAN SONAR COUNTER
l Command Auto
Fish Beam Dead Counting Print Printaut 'Test.
Date Time Velocity 0 Angle Range Range I Time Time 'Time
I ..r
•I....
,
..
i
•
.
.
•0 .
0',
..
.
•.,
,.I,.
.
,I ,,.
file NUP"')'"_.....
Side Scanner Counter log
Location _
r-...
.Year _
/~.--,'
})
.)..
Poge Of
,.~~
)
j
.-
Date Time Remarks (ie.substrate 1ifted.any controls reset/etc.)_
...
...,
..
.
I...
·f·'
-
,
,
r
~
File Number Dai 1y Sonar Counts Page_Of
River Bank Date
•
~Sector Sector
1 ~1 2 3 4 "5 6 Total 7 8 9 10 11 12 Tota
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
D800
0900
lnnn
-
1100
1200
1300
.1400 .-
1500
I .--'\
_il"''''''''
1700 .
1Ron <
1900
?nnn
2100
2200 -
2300
2400
Total
(Total raw counts)------______(Total debris counts)
=(Total good counts)--------______(debris blocks
Total good counts x 144 =
Total good blocks _
Adjusted Raw Count
(Sectors 7-l2)-----------
(Adjusted raw count sectors 1-6 +7-12)=__
______(Total raw counts)
______(Total ·debriscounts)
=(Total good counts)
______(debris blocks)
Total good counts x 144 =
Total good blocks -------
Adjusted Raw Count
(Sectorsl-6)_
TOTAL DAILY ESCAPEMENT
COMMENTS ON BACK
//.~-"
....".':.
SlOE SCAt~SONAR COUNTE~}.lELD CALIBRATION lOG ')"
River:Bank:SIN:__--Vear:
.'
-----_...._....
.Percent Beam Fish
Date Observer Time Scope Sonar Agree-Width veloc1t~Sensi ..CODlllents
Count ,Count ment Alt ••(Sec/Ft ...tivity ,
Start 'Stop.(1)(2)(1 ;'2)100 2°.4°
.
.
.
I
,,
.
.
.
l ,',
:,
6.
1.
3.
2.
,/-~~'"
I\r~,
oscilliscope.Field crews will be instructed by perm-
anent staff in the procedure for visual counting and .
filling out the FIELD CALIBRATION FORM FOR SIDE SCANNING
SONAR COUNTER (Table 4).
DAILY DATA REPORTS:Side scanner counts and field counter
calibration results should be recorded on the DAILY
ESCAPEMENT DATA form (Table 5).Data should be recorded
"by bank and the four (4)daily calibration counts should
be recorded individually.
Escapement Sampling -Age &Length Data
Fish Sampling Procedures
Check species of each intended sample (see Pacific Fishes
of canada,Fisheries Research Board of Canada~Bulletin
180,Ottawa 1973).
A scale should on1 1_be taken from the left side of the
fish (see "Figure 2.·.--
The "preferred scale ll is located two (2)rows above
lateral line on the diagonal from the posterior insertion
of the dorsal fin to the anterior insertion of the anal
fin.
4.If the preferred scale is missing take a'scale,again on
the left side of the fish,within the area behind the
dorsal fin but forward of the ventral fin,and no more
than four rows above the lateral line..
5.If no scales are present in this area,discard the fish.
6.If the scale is stuck or dried.moisten and pull toward
the head of the fish gently rather than stra,,tgh_t..back.
7.Clean all Slime,grit,skin and silver pigment from the
scale by moistening and rubbing it between the fingers.
The scale should be completely clean and transparent.
8.Mount on gum card after moistening.Scales are mounted
on the gum card number which corresponds to Age Weight
Length (AWL)form number containing the length,weight
and sex information for that fish.Place it directly
over the number on the gum card with the anterior-edge
facing the bottom of the card (Figure 3).The ridged
side of the 'scale must be facing upward or no impression
will be made in the acetate card.This is the same side
that is exposed on the salmon.
9.Cover completed gum cards with wax paper after drying,if
possible.
10.Length measurements should be taken from mid-eye to fork
of tail and recorded to nearest millimeter.
•
.,.
)
.)
Page_Of __
year:
.)
DAILY EXCAPEMt.,,,T DATA
River'.
I ••~.,...."
'.-".,.Raw Elec-..
\Sonar Visual tronic 0 No.Hours ...
Year Month .Day ,Bank Count'Count Count 'Wheels Open Red Pink Chum Coho King--o.I .-.-.,,.-.
I -,...,.
i ,_.
I.!-.
I ~'-_.
J--.I I
i -.
--.
i ._I
I,-I .
~,.-;..
~
"
-
I .-I•...I .
1 r
I .
•-.-
..-I ..,
~cr
~m.'.
~•
~
AI
M......
'<
tD
&IIn
AI
-c:;j
i;:,
C"t
0.
DJ
C"t
..AI•
.,
,,
prefer.red scole zone,ond ..length meDSUrctnGnt
..
.'~
..,
"..
",
,""::,,·:(
....·
....
""..",..
'".
".
•=:....~':.
0'.:J.':..
hi...
,"
"
".
".,
,.',f-.',',
,..':
,.,,'.
\..';"'.:.~'.
):,:..,',...":
,.."'.,.,...:i ",
i.,,,.',
•I",'~
,.':\'\':""':'",
..'\!",,'',"'.
,.;'.
O·•
"'..'.,,
'i .,'
;"
:.~.'".
,",'I
.~.1;,~,
"".
",,
.'
~--
"
..~."
),
.'~...:'.'.~.."
, ,..',."
,"
I "
, I
• I •.s.',
...".
I I'••
",,:\,,
:...,•••.:~~:.I "•~,:,.~
• . ,.~,.I "",.,'•I •••
'.:'/.;,"j:::-"1',":':,''~'!.
•.,".. ..~.~.•i""•
"j :'::~'t,'.:,.:,'..:,<-";':"~"'",r ,,":',.•..J'.'II".I.•,,.;:.:',:~:·.\;\i:·:§.:):.:
"·.'i.'" •",t;'.t.!,~,"\'••
;•I •i"··\• ".,'•
I ':"';"'..: '"'......,',.","
."I.'t ••:-"f..:"'.'.~'~:,'.,:,'
0',:;.;.':.':1\;f,:';,:':',rl;
"~••I .,"'.'
,•.~:.'I ;"
-.'
,'
.,
:'
,,'
"',,
.,.,
.1 ~I",..",.
•~I 0,..I
'..
...
"
..~'
,,
':
';.
"
".....
.
'.',
•t ••;:",,;
;",,i....
, I
I ••':'.
I l,.•
"
'"
.
",'
,I'
"
;
........-
:1
,'
.'
.~/'\~.
;,'"
I .•••
'.'
'"
,.,
,.,
I '
'..'
"
".1,
~t.•
.'
"'a.,
'"
'.
.'
.~,
..'
'"
I'oj
,,
~~,
..
"
..'...
...~.
\
'I
..
..
,'.
."
"
1,\
",.
,.'I ',"
.".'"
Maasurem9nt ,I'",
';',,:.:'::~':;:.':"
,.
".
,'...
,..'
~~)/'.'
",I
..',t
" ,
"
!••j'
.'
.f ""I
"'
""
"
'~.'.'':.
':'"
.'
"
.~..,,
'.."......"
I:.',:.',
"',I .'
.'
",
"
,'.
",
,:
'.,
':.~,
,.
,.
,.'
"
I'."
i','
I"
I
....'11
,~,
,
,,
"
,'.
",:"1.
."
.'
I ,
"
"
"'Mid-Eye to·Fork of Tell
',I I
"
"
.-
"
'.
I,
sC,e 10,
,-.'
.'
",.
'..
'.
"
"
Preferred
••
,,
,,
•~.I
,".,
'"
,I
,
, I
"
'.
"
,'
,.1 I.
,,:"
..,.
'.
"
,,'
•
..
",I
"
,.
,..,.
"
,.
,,,...
"
,:
.,.
".,
..
,,
..
..
'.
.',.,."",.'.
,.•1,1 •.,..'..
I,
,.
" i..,-:
-.
"
'.',/';:,:",figure '2~
I I ,•••'"I • I "
I'I ,••,.•I ,'I '.i
I'••, •I '.'",.'
•1 •,I t •f '.~•
• I ••I
_.<.....,;-'-....:',..,
'rT '~.....
•'••-"0
"'
..
,.
,.
"
,t :
,,
Figur"e 3
"Preferred"scale
area
o -0--
2
:---0 ---'
,/'-""~.,
DO NOT TURN SCALE ;>-
OVER N N N~N..f.a
~("I",)('T)CTl
.-,[N (T)
IU'••
';;t ~~~i-1 N (1')..~•
l..t")In l..t")tn
.-,[N (T)..
~\D \0 \0-C\I (T)
.~•
~'"...................N (T)
o:r ..
m ex>CO CO
~C\I (T)
III ••
m m m ~
~N (T)
••••
0 0 0 0
.-1 N (T)~
.~.I(
Labeling Procedures
The functions of proper labeling is to produce a setof sample
data which includes a gum card,an acetate impression and an AWL Form
(Table SA and 58).These have corresponding location,date,species,
gear code and subsample number.None ever has more than a single loca-
tion,date,species,gear code or subsample number.
A.Numbering.
Numbering begins with 001 for each species at each escapement
sampling location for the 1980 season.Each card,AWL and acetate for a
specific group is consecutively numbered throughout the season (i.e.,CI
Yentna R.6-29-80 Red 001 toCI Yentna R.7-29-80 Red 025).It is the
responsibility of collectors to check the numbers being used each
sampling day to maintain correct sequence and omit duplication.
B.Gum Cards
1.General Guidel ines
(a)Note which number to begin with,for each.
sample location,-for the date in question.
(b)Prior to sampling,cards may be fill edout with
species,date,gear,locale,and collector's
name.They may also be numbered when the total
cards for a given area are known for that date.
These must be carefully checked when scales are
to be fixed to assure correct information.
(c)On location before mounting scales,all perti-
nent information shou1d·be completed on that
card,in pencil.
2.Infonnation Explanation
Ca)Species:'1Q.:.nerka or Reds)Scientific or
common name of sample.-.
(b)Card No.:Consecutive for this area and
species (see A.Numbering).
fc)Locality:Name of beach',river or area and may
include cannery or site name.Use the COOK
INLET SAMPLE LOCATION CODES.(Table 6.)
Cd)Scow/Gear:Gear number code is listed on re-
verse of AWL for appropriate type used.
(e)Sampling date:mo./day/year that the scales
were taken.Omit if the same as period date.
(f)Period date:mo./day/year fish actually caught.
(g)Collector:Last name(s}of person(s)collecting
scales and data.
(h)Remarks:Include anything unusual about weather.
the sample or anything else considered pertinent,
by co 11 ectors.
i~00048
!1.E C D ~]1 G !'!I
11 .
11 I I II ,
1/I I I I I I
:;...h-+.---.;1,;..../--+_-:+-11~_~--+-~t---+--+-~~l -+_~I _+---+---+---+I_+--+---+-~I _
I')Ii I II I I
II I I II I II
It II II t I
II I I
I I
)!I!I II t I I
Ii 'III.,II
ii
rr
!I II K I
Ii f 1/I
IL-L-II IIi'~t--tf-'If .1;-1-+---t--+-~+'I-----!1-+-'-"'*II--!~~I-_I___+_4__!__+_____I____j~+____I
;h I 1 I
i,-~1L±1=±=Jl-;-oi--r-'---tl_*l-!--~----!!--~---+-t--;.1_,.;-1_~f --+_!l.-j
:!(_If '.II!II I I
~-r.H l II I lJ 111,_---+----+."-{--+--+-+--+--'---f--1I!---1-r-l-r-JH ,:---t-ft-If 1/I
'-hft I II I .
1.n I J I
,II II \I I t II I I ,I
Ii
."It ,II
II fl I I I I-I I II I I
I J~l,f f I./I I II I I ",I lit II J 1 tl I t I II I II I I I I f t
,
I I ..~_..._~...._J ·:..,..1-f---II---+--+--f---I
I Ii n ..i i
--.-..-.---....--.---~.----..--.."--'-'--"..----.-11----!------f-+--+----I1f~~..~•r t -"ir--!--~!t----!!-----!Iif-t --+----1-------.---.-----_..-...-----.----'---.:............t:...-..-+---+----i-+----1
f .t i,:i;;Z
,--+-+--+--~.....;-__+_..--------....---.--~.--.---.~--------.-:..-..jf___~_____if____+__+___I
-+_of--i1 -+-~Ilf--+----+----"';'".-.:.i.1 ~_-;:--_:__.__.L _.~;----._~_.L_~",..--+--!---+--+-+----1
.l",,...,..,,..,¥.-:-f--:7-----I--+_Table SA.Age.weight and length (MIL)form.1 --1f----f----f-+---t----t
"
C.·.-,·:~.__.__:__._t__..J...__~.L_.L __--1:__L-.l__J ;--If--.--+----f---f--~___t
,~--r.-----+--~_+__l'---..~----J-"-.----L---L-----.i-;_-.J_..__l __~_.__i_~.fl_-4-----'I.-~_+_-!-_I
-f-~~-+---tl~:---+-H~J -~-il---~~-"i---.-1-;;~=i'~;--;;-=f -:--L~,.....i....l1'----+----f--"'-----+-·----4
Sc~les Rf'i'ld By:
"".--',--SAMPLING INFORMATION
r""'~TCH DATE _
"~Month Day
~,,:..I
".~~..".-.~':":,
__,~~!~.·,lw~~th~~~~~j!~~~!'-~~«!t~io.~st·~.~c~.,--.._-...-,_-_,..-..,-_.-..------.,-..-,_-..,_,,,--------
r
I
CODING
Note:District,Subdis~rict,.River (s~eaIl1)a~d sampl.ing .location codes will be provided
separately.
•~•••.••__"'~,0>...."
a -Fish Wheel
9 -Pots"
11 -Herring Purse Seine
.12 _.Handpicked
13--Dip.Net
17 -Beam Trawl
18 -Shovels
.19 -Weir
.20 ..,
-.,.,.'.GEAR '
.,,0--Trap'
·,1 -Pl.1l'seSeine '~'
.2 -Bea ch Seine
3:-.Dr1ft:GIUnet .',
..4,,~~et GHlnet.
S -';[.'roU ......
6.-Long,Line,-Skates·
,1 -Otter trawL.
PROJECT ..",..'.
1-Commercial Catch .''....~..'
2 -Subsistence Catch;
1 -E'scapemenL.(tower:,.weir,etc •.),
.4 -Escapement.(spawning.grounds).
5 -Test Fishing,
6,-
1/Orbit.refers to posterior edge of eye socket.
,3 ...Regenerate
it'-illegible
SPECIES'-','r'-King ....l.~.-Red.Sockeye
43 -Coho,'Silver .
44 -Pink:: .
45 ~Chum
51 -Smelt
52-Arctic Char
53--Dolly Varden
54 -Steelhead
55 ~Lake Trout
56 -Northern,Pike
57 -Sheefish .
58 -Whitefish
59 -
REMARKS'
TYPE 'OF MEASUREMENT
1 ...Snout to Fork'of Ta 11
._.__~,..__.?:·::.MJd-~1je ~o'F9rk of.Ta 11
. 3 -Orblt~to Fork of Tail
....~"~-
4 -Mid-eye to Hypurat Plate
-5-Orbit lito Hypural Pla.te
INJURY
1 -Inshore Net
,2--High.Seas Net ..."
3 -Canine-Tooth Predator ..
4 -Shark..,
..AGING DATA
Jl -Otolith Sample
2 -Inverted'.
BlANK COL UMNS,
A..,·.-F-.
B -..G-
c-~~
D-. I -
E-
.5'-Beluga
6 ""'Lamprey
,7 -Other ..
5 -Missing
6--Reabsorbed'
1)If the same:code 1s to be used througlio'ut a column',enter the code for the first fish,
then draw an arrow verti.cally through the column.
2}Length-weight measurement.This form'is designed for:a}length measUred to the
nearest millimeter or tenth of an inch,b)weight measured to the nearest ten grams
(i.e.decagram or thousandth of a--ktlogram}:ortenth oia pound.'.
When recortIing length-weight.data~.be sure to·enter the digits in their proper columns.
For example,a 4.7 lb.fish should be recorded in the 2nd and 3rd colums,not the 1st
and 2nd columns.If for some reason length is measured to inches rather than tenth of
inches ,a.zero should be enter~d in.the third"column ..
3)Blank Columns.These colums are fo~use as needed:It fs anticipated that these uses
.~il1 vary from area to area,but mightinClude'written remarks,tag data,Circuli counts,etc.
3.Example
Speci es_-'--Card Noo _
Locality-----------------
Scow/Gear _
Sampling Date P.eriod Date _
Collector-----------------
Remarks------------------
C.'Age Weight Length (AWL)Form
1.General Guidelines
Ca)Information on the back of the gum card should
be the same as that on the corresponding AWL
form.
(b)Each finished scale card should be attached
to the corresponding AWL form with a paper
cl ip.
(c)Always use No.2 or softer pencil.
(d)When filling in length data,place the decimal
point in the same columnconsistantly.
(e)Put zeros in columns where-aata not taken -do
not leave columns blank.
Table 6 •.Anadromous Adult Invenstigations -Susitna Hydro
Statistical Codes and Code Samples.
DISTRICT SUBDISTRICT·.RIVER LOCATION CODE LOCATION NAME'•
241 41 100 101 Yentna Sonar
247 41 100 102·Sunshine Sonar
247 41 100 103 Talkeetna Sonar
247 41 100 104 Curry Tag/Recapture
2.Information Explanation (See rab1e 6).
(a)Heading:At the top of each AWL form,the sample
name is written out.The log number will be
filled out in Anchorage.
(b)District,sub-di~trict and river:See Table 6
for proper codes.
(c)Sampling location:See Table 6.
(d)Project:Code from reverse side of AWL form.
(e)Note first date only.
(f)Period:Not necessary to fill out.
(g)Gear:Code for type used to catch the fish •
.Obtained from the reverse side of the AWL
forn.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(0)
(p)
(q)
(r)
Mesh size:Remains blank.
Sample number:Sequential number which matches
an appropriate gum card (see A.Numbering).
Spec.:Code for each species (see reverse
of AWL fonn).
Sex:Check male or female appropriately.
Use 1 for male,2 for female.
Length:Recorded in millimeters from mid-eye
to fork of tail.
Weight:Recorded to nearest one-tenth kilogram.
Age class:Completed by biologists after
viewing scale impressions.
Column A and I:Used by Stock Identification -do
not use.
Column B:River bank designation.
Column C:Injury code (see reverse of AWL
form.Table 5b).
Columns D-H:Remarks.
Tag/Recapture Data Co 11 ecti on and Preparation
Daily Procedures
1.Daily fishwheel catch will be reported on ·the Daily
Log/Individual F1shwheel .Catch Recordfonn (Table 7).
Each fishwhee1 will have it1s own log.Each'time a
fishwheel is checked,the catch will be recorded along
with the corresponding time in mil itary hours.Following,
the last daily check.a sumnation shall be entered in the
appropriate space on the fom (Table 7).
2.Fish which are tagged will be recorded on the Tag De-
plOYment Record fOnD (Table 8).This fonn may be used
between fishwheels.Appropriate information_recorded on ..
each fish tagged shall include:date;tag number;
fishwheel location;species;and sex.A sheet sununary on
the number of fish tagged by species shall be entered in
the appropriate location (Table 8).
3.Tagged fish which are recaptured shall be logged on the
Tag Recapture Record fonn (Table 9).I~formation recorded
on each recapture shall include:fishwheel location;tag
number;color and type;and species.A sheet summary of
recaptures by species shall be entered at tne location
indicated on the fOnD.(Tab1e 9).
'?QJ~--
Da-/-t:!_
DP/L y L06
Ld/v/c!u·al Fi.shw/;~e/C'ore/;I?eeor-d
Pro)ee-l-Sift!(CqmpJ:_
HQc/fi:J-r _.__.5-mpllit,__,I(,'.,~,..._'-tl~o+'D"Si-l-r:.m"J~-_J_--L...--/_
.,----------------_._-._----'---,
·Q.O.T~T S,-re •F"I~H WHee:l..LOC.AT,OA,):..
TimE-TUumBee.os::~ISH CAPTue.eD ,-
-
-SOCKe~£1',tJf(C""'um CoHO CH/AJooN.OTHe"11
-
.--.-.
;
"'L.
,
.
1)P.lL...Y
TOTP&L.
,,i;-
--
"""--
l 1_..,..~1"It..:fll\..,_______II '1:De tJT&FY Spec.,
.---._------,--'----_..--....-'--._-_.._._--_..-._."-------_.---_..- -----.
-;::lIe Jlum6er:.Pa ge __af __
TOE-DEfJLOYlYE/ff /?EIO/?O
-,.,'IJt::Ii-e-7;",.,AI L_~1 1 I/o
I J
.7
,8
.9
'/0
/I
7c?~#_____Mf ~/<:F'-_
"/
,'.
-;-'
-0 (~.Ii-.'---+------t------+-----:~+_+___---------_,,__-
/3
Ii
16
/7
/9
2.0
:1I
23
.J:71 i
.:5um",na r ),:/Vq.,c;'sh 1<:I17 4 d.
Sock.y'e r P;"A __/'C)u~/??·__/-Coho
~-~------------
...L~Ol'~~r Sir/*(r'~",n)~;'-
t=l~H~H!£&.TF~G,"'DATA S~Ec.,es LEAve "Bl.ANJ<
"DAlE L.O(;'~T 'ON NlAm5eR.CoL.02,.!J T'YP~~'OFF.toe USc ONLY~
-,,--.-
'._ -___r_._','_.~.-_..--_.._-.~~-""-..._._.-"-~
--._--.
._....---_._..--.
-...~-,-.-._.,'-
,--..-..--"--~-,_.-
..
~.-
'.-
..-.-
,-
-"-.
.
SHeeT Su.mm F\e..~/
tJo."Re ep..PTUe=S
Soc.K6YE.•..
•
JJ COLO~:'J:NT.oeAN~e ~0
'fELLOw ~Y
~TVpe:':LOY SPF\'lfET1t ~S
i'e.TE2 SOIoJ DISc..=P
\=:.
.'-G\
"'<0
:::>
'1ll
cl-~.
t>-v.
",
c:.n
""""Q"
~
ti.
~
"I
J
~
j-
O'
~
~
i:.-c:
'l..
~
-CI.~
\:I
:-
~
~:;-"-
~-------_._-_.~----------_..__.....-."-........j
~~~c::l 1-
~'1 '1
~II
~~
~
~"sh/p ~
f?q~e .~
Seel-Ia"~",-.
~
.~..
-
~~~~~~~I ~!~'t}~&n.."!>~~~~~~r.:.~~~~tt1 ~Y\'~~:::r.~0 '.'~3'()~~Ci ~~,~~t:-~.
~r:-3~:::t-~~i ~~:~§~::to ~~'~~~~~3 ~~~~0 ~~~Q ~~0 ~0 ~~~~'it ~~f\~~t'l.l·
~I~~~~
.-~~~~~t,
~.~I~
"
:i ~:~D~·~~~~I...
~~
~~~...Crt~~~?t.C\~,
"
,~~:
'-
~
,
\.:
~~.
~
I ~
._._-
.'._,.~.--....
_.
.
!
\I~
i ViI
I \C,
i
I
I ~o o •o.
r
-
~o.
!
I --I ~I
I t-----.~....._..--
I ~..
~--~--,---~;>_••0
I
...
f;J\;
~-.-<----."-"..~
~04.(OiJ~WfI"'V -".-.
.~)(V,'d
~,I;,6!PtJS
.......
~-~~l "'"'\c·
'\:.\.ij
~~.~
~
I f ,~I ')-1 .._"
I,____•••0.
J
r i )'I "i 1.t~i 1 ~l~'1:"~I'd )}I 1 I
'f~.~~i ~'"Vi ~~.~~I I I I
I I I I"'\~~---
~t ~,I 1 I I~~~
.~"
L 'b 'e
t;)~.~"~~i~V\
~
~._-...-~..,~
I
I
~
t
~,
~..
I
I
~
-~-~-~_..~~~-~-.---'-~-._---~-,~.._..-',..-
I:"
<.....
('1\l1'1'.
6'-LLU--t-~H-+++-H+t-HI~Ifd16""
0(/\2:-
m s:::~-~
-£I~
"'JV
11
,.-~10
t:)-C
m
~
I
Survey Data Collection and Preparation
Foot surveys on clear water sloughs and stream will be recorded
on the Stream Survey Log fonn (Table 10).Data recorded on each survey
will include:stream or slough name;data;survey conditions (Excellent 9
Good 9 Fair 9 Poor);individual species surveyed;live and dead counts on
particular species surveyed;and number of 1ive t!gg_~~~~mber~__~y t~g _
type/color.The "Remarks"column 9 in particu1ar 9 will include infor-
mation on tagged carcasses (tag type 9 number and color by species).
Deployment of electro fishing gil1 9 net-and other similar
sampling gear will be recorded on the Variable Gear Log fonn (Table 11).
Infonnation recorded will include:gear type;survey location (general
and legal);date;time (beginning and end);and catch by species.
Egg pumping results will be recorded on the Egg Deposition
Log form (Table 12).A separate form will be .used for each sampling
site.Number of eggs and fry collected will be logged as either dead or
alive by individual plot.Sampling location will-be--i-dentified in-legal-
and general tenns.
Development of data fonns for the chinook salmon survey
is pending review of the survey design by the absent project biome-
trician..
B.RESIDENT AND.JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Resident and Juvenile Anadromous Fisheries StUdies field
fonns are presented in draft fonn (Tables 13-15)pending review by the
project biometrician.At such time as this review is complete 9 the
final forms and procedures will be re1 eased.
General gui del ines for coll ection of biological data on
individual fish by species are given under the heading Biological Data.
Fonns used to record AWL data are the same as those used by the Adult
Anadromous Project (Figures SA and 5B).
Biological Data
1.Age class composition:Age class composition will be ac-
complishe~by scale reading and size frequency analysis.
2.Size sample:The size class sample will consist of the first
50 juvenile chinook captured in each size class'and 10%of
those captured in each size class thereafter.Measurement will
-be in mm to total length.
..
File No._Page of _
Table 13.SUSITNA HYDRO RESIDENT &JUVENILE ANADROMOUS STUDY
BIOLOGICAL DATA RJ 81-02
Date(s)Collected _
HabitatLocation _Sampling RiverSiteMite J __J_J__J_
Collector(s)_
.4j Ci \::i ......6"tl"O ~~;j ~e.,fljCi ...\::•.-.Ci Cia ~~'J':'
1 '.2E
2 ~7
3 ~S
4 .29
5'3C
6 $1
7 ~2
33 .'S
9 34
10 35
~~e
1"'
rJ2 37
~3 3S
~4 39
~5 40
~6 41 •
~~4~
~S 43
19 44
20 ~5
21 4El
22 47
23 4S
24 4S
~5 5C
/
GEAR TYPE CODE
beach seine 3
..rburbot set 10a'
,~-drift giRnet 1 a
electroshock 2
giltnet 1 ..
hook &line 9
minnow trap 5
trot line 10
burbot
chinook 0+
.chinook 1+
chum salmon
coho 0+
coho 1+
coho 2+_
cottid
doRy varden
SPECIES CODe
590 .humpback whitef'lSb
410 lake trout
411 longnose sucker
450 pink salmon
430 rainbow trout
431 round whitefish
432 smeJtleulachon
910 sockeye 0+
530 .sockeye 1 +
582
550
.920
440
541 .
586
511
420
421
/.:~-~~
·-~)i
File No._
Table ..14.au-SITNA HYDRO RESIDENT &JUVENILE ANADROMOUS STUDY
T A(3 AND RECAPTURE DATA RJ 81-03
.Page _
T A G G I N G '0 A·T A R E CAP T ..U R E OAT A
date .8pecles 't.ng~LOCATION'Ir~&\h LOCATIONtagno.oode mm HabItat Looatlon T R 8 date HabItat Looatlon T R S
'.
.
..
.
•
lIurbot
.dolly varden
grayling
SPECIES 'CODE
680 humpb."k whlt.f1lh 882 rainbow trout
630 round whlt.fllh 888
"0 lake trout 680
841
File No._Page 10f __
Table 15.SUS'ITNA HYDRO RESIDENT &JUVENILE ANADROMOUS STUDY
.CATCH DATA,RJ 8'1..,;01 .
__J __J_--.J__J_Habitat Sampling
Location 'Site
DATE:Gear Set Gear Pulled ......_
RiverMlle _
'Collector(a)---_
*total time for beach 881ne haul~electro,hock and hook S lin.
GEAR TYPE CODe
beach 8elne 3
burbot .et 10a
drift glllnet 1a
electroshock 2
glllnet 1
hook &III..e 9
minnow trap 6
trot line 10
SPECIES CODe
burbot 690
chinook 0...410
chinook 1 +411
chum salmon 450
coho 0+430
coho 1'"431
coho 2+,432
coUld 910
dolly varden 530
grayling 810
humpback
whltefl8h 682
lake trout 650
.longn08e sucker 920
pink salmon 440
rainbow trout 641
round whitefish 686
8melt/eulachon 611
Bockeye 0+420
sockeye 1+421
stickleback 660
!!Ie *.!b
~<o~+:<:0 '"~E CATCH";SPECIES CODE NO.~~.,f T I M REMARKS0ttrP~r6 ~~~~.
~q ~.....0 ~0 ~o·let pulled .ot81*
,
\II
":',
•
•
3.Scale analysis:Scale samples will be taken monthly from 25
,~fish captured in the mainstem river and it1s major tributaries.
Juvenile chinook.coho and sockeye salmon will be processed
to the extent of collecting data on age class,size class and scale
analysis.Juvenile pink and chum salmon will be processedon1y.to the
extent of collecting size class data.
Rainbow Trout
1.Age class composition:Age class composition will be
accomplished by scale reading and size frequency analysis.
Scale'samples will be taken from all adult rainbow trout
captured.
2.Size sample:All rainbow trout captured will be measured
for fork length in mm.
3.Sex composition,maturity,and spawning condition determination:
Autopsies will be performed on all sampling mortalities
but no more than 10%of fish captured will be killed
specifically for these purposes.
Arctic Grayling
1.Data taken same as rainbow trout with the exception that
if large numbers of grayling are captured for tagging in
the upper study area a 10-20%sample will be taken.Fork
length will be recorded in mm.
Round (RWF)and Humpback (HWF)Whitefish
1.Age class composition:Age class -composition will be
accomplished by scale reading and size frequency analysis.
Scale samples will be taken from all adult round (RWF)
and humpback (HWF)whitefish.
2.Size sample:All round (~WF)and Humpback (HWF)Whitefish
captured will be measured for fork length in mm.
3.Sex composition.maturity,and spawning condition determination:
Autopsies will be performed on all sampling mortal ities
but no more than 10%of fish captured will be killed
specifically for these these purposes.
,r".
,~00063
/
Dolly Varden/Arctic Char
1.Age class composition:Age class composition will be
accomplished by scale reading and size frequency analysis.
Scale samples will be taken from all adult Dolly Varden/Arctic
Char.
2.Size sample:All Dolly Varden/Arctic Char captured will
be measured for fork 1ength in 11111 •.
3.Sex composition,maturity,and spawning condition determination:
Autopsies will be performed on all sampl ing mortal ities
but no more than 10%of fish captured will be killed
specifically for these purposes.
Lake Trout
1.Age class composition:Age class composition will be
accomplished by scale reading and size frequency analysis.
Scale samples will be taken from all adult lake trout.
2.Size sample:-All lake trout captured will be measured
for fork length in Rm.
3.Sex composition,maturity,and spawning condition determination:
Autopsies wi 11 be performed on all samp1 ing IlDrtal ities
but no more than 10%of fish.captured will be killed
specifically for these purposes.
Long Nose Sucker
Age class composition:Age class composition will be
accomplished by scale reading and size frequency analysis.
Scale samples will be taken from all adult long nose
sucker.•
2.Size sample:All long nose sucker captured will be
measured for fork length in mm.
3.Sex composition,maturity,and spawning condition determination:
Autopsies will be performed on all sampling mortalities
but no more than 10%of fish captured will be killed
specifically for these purposes.
Burbot
1.Age class composition:Age class composition will be
accomplished by reading otoliths of all burbot killed.
,'00064
2.Size sample:All burbot captured will be measured for
total length in mm.
3.Sex composition,maturity,and spawning condition determination:
Autopsies will be performed on all sa1'l1pl ing mortalities
but no more than 20%of fisrr captured will be killed
specifically for these purposes.
Three Spine Stickleback .
1.Size sample -If possible a sample of fifty fish or 10%
whichever is greater,will be collected and measured for
total length in mrn on a monthly basis.
C.AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW STUDIES
Assigning Gear Placement Site Numbers (GPSN)
The GPSN is a two-part code which identifies gear type and
sample number,thus providing a sampling location designation for each
point specific measurement made within a given sampling site.
The first part of the code indicates gear type employed
at the sampling location;the second part indicates sample number.For
example,if three minnow traps were set within a sampling site,the
GPSN's would be:5-01,5-02,5-03.
Gear code designations are as follows:
Gear Type
Beach Seine
Burbot Set
Drift Gillnet
Electroshock
Gillnet
Hook and Line
Minnow Trap
Trot Line
Observation
Code
3
.lOa
la
2
1
9
5
10
o
•
GPSNls will be included when mapping a sampling site.
Resident Juvenile and M crew members will assign GPSN's and will provide
AH personnel with this information to facilitate the correlation of
data.AH personnel will assign GPSN's when fishery data are not being
collected.
4'00065
Personal log Book
A personal log book will be maintained by each AH crew
member.Daily entries will include the following:
Date:Year,month,day
Sites visited and activities of that day
Weather:Air temperature,precipitation,cloud cover,wind,
etc.Military Time:Twenty-four (24)hour system.
Water Conditions:Turbidity,clarity,color,odor,ice
stage,floating debris.etc.
Sampling Problems.
Equipment Problems.
Suggestions for changes or improvements._
Personal Impressions.
Record-of Photographs:Establish a separate section
in the personal log book for the following data:
frame number,roll number,orientation,location,
date,and-time.-
Crew Members:Names of AA,RJ,and AH sampling crew.
Completing Aquatic Habitat Forms _
Instructions for completing the AH forms are explained
in this section.The numbers introducing each instruction corresponds
to a number enci rc1 ed in the appropri ate fonn.Numbers one (l)through
ten (10)apply to all forms with the exception of the Staff Gage form
(AH-S1-0S)while numbers greater than ten (10)apply to the specific
form under which they are listed.On the Staff Gage fonn,numbers one
(1)through six (6)refer to the general instructions whereas numbers
seven (7)through thirteen (13)refer to specific information.
General Instructions
1.File No.:Indicates file location.
-
2.Crew:list names or initials of personnel making measurements
and entering data on form.
3.Habitat location:Enter descriptive~name of study area
(i.e.Slough SA).
4.Sampling Site:Enter descriptive name of the sampling
area within the habitat studY location (i.e.head,mouth,
etc.)..
5.River Mile:Enter the number of miles from the river
mouth to the habitat location.River miles are indicated
on the Alaska Power Authority·s Susitna River hydro-
graphic map set.
i~00066
6.Geographical Code (GC):Enter the 12 digit code identifying
the sampling location.
7.Gage Number (no.)and Height (ht.):Record the established
identification number for the gage and the stage reading
(i.e.,water depth at the gage).
8.Dates:Enter the date or the beginning and ending dates
(General Habitat Form AH-81-01)for period which data was
collected..
9.Page:Indicate the page number and the total number of
pages used (i.e.1 of 5,2 of 5,5 of 5).
10.Description:Enter any information which helps describe
the sampling site or the sampling location (i.e.bend in
river,riffle 100 yards downstream of small island,river
is braided,straight,or meandering,etc.Figure 4).
i .,.
Braided
o 0'b
Straight Meandering
b'
c c'd d'..'f f'
Figure 4.River Channel Patterns (from Richardson et a1,1975).
General Aquatic Habitat Evaluation Form (AH-81-01)
This form to be completed in the field when measuring the
general aquatic habitat parameters discussed in the study
description.
Instructions:
1-10.Refer to general instructions.
11.Date:Enter date measurement is being taken.
12.Military Time:Enter time using the 24 hour system (i.e.for
1:00 p.m ••enter 1300).
13.Temperature (Temp)°C:Enter air and water temperature.
14.Specific Conductance (Cond.!l mhos/em):Enter specific conductance
value as measured by the procedure described in the methods
section.
15.pH:Enter value as measured using the procedure described in
the methods section.
16 •.Dissolved Oxygen (0.0 ..mg/1):Enter value as measured following
the procedure in the methods section •.
17.Turbidity (FTU):Indicate with a check (v)on left side of
blank that a turbidity sample was taken.enter turbidity value
after analysis.
18.Discharge (cfs):Indicate with a check on 1eft side ·of blank
when measurement is made.enter value after calculated from •
the discharge data form.
19.Related Data:Record number of any data forms that you know
were filled out at the same time and place.film roll number
and number of photos taken and identification of photographer
or other data that will relate (i.e ••USGS.R&M etc.)
20.Date:Enter date data collected.
21.Aquatic Vegetation:Estimate the percent of the area within
the sampling site covered by aquatic vegetation.specify if
algae or macrophyte.
22.Substrate Classification (0-9):Estimate the three major
substrate types within the sampling site and enter their
respective percentages.also note if other identifiable size
classes are present in minor amounts by entering a P for
present.
(r,
23.Embeddedness:Enter the code of the size c1ass(es)that are
embedded,percent embedded and the size class(es)of the
embedding material.
Point Specific Aquatic Habitat Evaluation Form (AH-8l-02)
This form to be completed in the field when measuring the
point specific habitat parameters discussed in the study
description.
Instructions:
1-10.Refer to general instructions.
11~GPSN:Enter the two-part gear placement site number (GPSN)
which identifies the type of fish sampling gear indicated in
the gear code and the sample number (i.e.trot line sample #3
woul d be 10-3).
12.Depth:Enter water depth at the gear placement site.
13.Velocity:Enter the point velocity at the depth of the
sampling gear and the mean column velocity.
14.Substrate:Enter the percent and the class number of each
sediment size class (up to three)identified within a two (2)'
foot radius of'each velocity/depth measurement point.
15.Embeddedness:Enter the class number for the size of substrate
Class Five (5)and larger embedded in surrounding materials,
the percent (%)of embeddedness and the class number for the
size of the embedding material,within the same area as the
substrate evaluation.•
16.Aquatic Vegetation:Enter the percent (%)cover of algae or
vascular plants within a two (2)foot radius of the gear
placement site.
17.Related Data:Record the data form number of any data.
collected at the same time and site.Also note any observation
which may be pertinent to the sample (i.e.minnow trap placed
under cut bank,number of fish at three (3)foot intervals
along gill net,etc.)..
18.Notes:Include any inforination which may help in -interpreting
data.For example:-document !nldeviation from the methods
described in the Procedures Manual and the conditions which
prevented use of conventional methods,unusual weather or
other circumstances.
;'00069
•
Aerial View Map Form (AH-8l-03)
A map describing the study habitat site is drawn on this form
in the field.
Instructions:
1-10.Refer to general instructions.
11.Draft map to include the following:
Substrate
Cover
Bankfull top width and top width
Pools and riffles
Channel dimensions
Location of staff gages and transect
Location of sampling gear (use GPSN)
Compass orientation
Discharge Form (AH~81-04)
This form to be completed in the field to record total discharge
measurements and calculations.
Instructions:
1-10.Refer to general instructions.
11.Type Meter and Number:Record the type of meter (i.e.,Price
AA,Pygmy or Marsh McBirney meter)and the serial number.•
12.Distance From Head Pin or Water's Edge:The horizontal measurement
from the head pi~or waters edge to each vertical along the
transect.
13.Angle Coefficient:A correction factor for the angle of flow
as it intersects the transect line.Values fall between 0.00
and 1.00 and are determined by use of an angle coefficient
chart.
14.Velocity Depth:This is the vertical distance from the water
surface to the channel bottom at each vertical measured to the
nearest 0.1 foot if possible.
15.Streambed Elevation:Computed at each vertical by subtracting
the velocity depth from the average of the right bank (RB)and
left bank (LB)water surface elevations for that transect at
that particular flow.left and Right banks are determined by
looking upstream.These data are collected only where surveyed
head ~ins are established.
16.Observation Depth:Indicate at what depth the point velocity
was measured.Velocity will be measured at .6 of the depth
from the surface for a depth less than three (3)feet and .2
and .8 for depth greater than three (3)feet.
17.Revolutions:Recorded number of revolutions when usinCf a
Price AA or Pygmy flow meter.When using a Marsh McBirney
meter draw a line through this co1unm.
18.Time:Recorded in seconds by use of a stopwatch,when using a
Price AA or Pygmy flow meter.When using a Marsh McBirney
meter draw a line through this column.
19.Point Velocity:This is the velocity obtained from the rating
table using revolution and time infonnatio~or the velocity
reading from a direct readout meter.
20.Mean Vertical Velocity:The average of the 092 and 0.8 point
velocity readings for the vertical.If the velocity was
measured only at 0.6 the depth this is the same as the point
velocity.
21.Mean Cell Velocity:The average of the two adjacent mean
vertical velocities are normally grouped beginning from the LB
to the RB water's edges.
22.Mean Cell Depth:The average of the depths of two adjacent
verticals~
23.Cell Width:The horizontal distance between adjacent ver-
ticals.
24.Cell Area:Computed by multiplying each mean cell depth with
the cell width.
25.Flow (Discharge):Computed by multiplying each cell area by
its respective mean cell velocity,and when app1icab1e~the
angle coefficient and totalling the-resultant values.
Staff Gage Form (AH-8l-05)
Used to keep a complete record of all readings made on a
specific staff gage.
Instructions:
1-6.Refer to general instructions.
7.Page:Indicate the page number and the total number of pages
used •.
,'00071
8.Staff Gage No.:Enter the established identification number.
9.Calibration Factor:Distance from channel bottom to zero mark
on gage.
10.Date:Enter date of reading.
11.Time:Record military time of reading.
12.Height:Record stage readi n9 to the nearest 0.01 foot.
13.Initial:Initials of person who records staff gage data.
j'00072
•
File'No.GENERAL t"'IIATI C
HABITAT E')JATION
Crew _,_~AH ..81-01
Habitat Location ~'I Sampling Site~River Hile~
>=<
Description 'w/
,page.ill..of_
Dates @,to _
GC _0_,,__,_'__1_
I Military Temp.C"Gage DO Turbid.'Conductivity Discharge
Time Air I H.,O ht.(mgl1 ).H (flU)tqmho~/cm)(cfs)Date no.,Related Data, p
'@ ,.@ ,
@ I@
,e ,
@,(8 :@ .:@ @
",
I
,,
I I I ,
!I I•I
I .
I
I I
I I
!I I ,
I •
I I t I
I I I I,.
I •I
I •I
!I I •
I I .
o 1 2 ,3 4 5 6 7 e .,9 EMBEDDEDNESS
Aquat.ortan.511 tl 1/16 ..,.Bed·Embedded .Embedded
Date Vegeta De r.Clay Sand 1/4 1/4·1 1-3 3-5 5..10 10 +rock material %materia 1
@ @ ~(§)~-"@)..
"~-,-r.
--.
.
•
IAn~~IC!..u~..:.....u cIa,'
·PIU.\:2 Qf )'
Gage NUmber@He1ght I.Date~
PotNT SPECt~..~AQUATIC
HABITAT .)LUATJON
AH-81-02
(i)GC f8\._-~-_..,-------~,"l ':-:.I,o,,.......-'~
--.-_...........--~(>«
.DEPTH VElO~ITY SUBSTRATE,EMffEDDEDNESS AQUATIC ,
GPSN'(ft)POINTIMfAN I..:Cl.A~S I..:r.1 ASS !..:ClASS ~!!'..ht'IA,":Rl=lATl='n nATA
@ @ ®·,I @~@ @,@ .....I,I "!".
I ' '!
I I ,
I''.IIJ,,,.!II~~'
I I i .
I I I ,I
I ,•~
J
,
!!LI
I I I I I
"1 '.,l I !·•T . I
I.I I I I ,
I I '
. I
J .II•••
,.
I I I I T
I !I I
!IIII,I I I
I . I
I'.I II .I I I •,I i .I JII•
,
I I .!.I Ii,I I I I
I I t •I
I I ! !
I I .I •I
,,
:I I I I ~, I
I ,
],,'
File No,_~~..1ll!lIC • "..
Crew "--<><:
.~
I',
NOTES:@
•
\
-I ,••__a.__tll_I.I _'-
I
J
•"~9~'"..~\~O]~-V ,-~l~
Gage'(j)~He1gt-)1-~"';"')__
I
/'
~PsN<J.5j)
I ,
L.Ht
'&....~\\w'wHh ~r.,-----
Tc>tw,dth -i
Pool CS~~
R,~'c.~
,&""\deV"r"'\
:.~r~+ro.p ~
i ..,...,'~-.l j..\rot-,Nt.~J"-.
Gi Ht-at1 •..,.•.Ii
U ....deY"c:.""t ~"'''~
..~f/
i ~O!.i,./:'/'
!5Q"I-i'"
'"-.,.
--
I ;".....,
."..;
',,',\
I •
.~.,
./
.j
",.
.",
• . I.;,l :'.",•.;•
.;\~,!\.,I·:'.:..;..:..,'23}~'Ji"t...
'.I I .,,.;
\
'.,'.;,.,,:/,.".
:t~:::;;~.1.1
.:'....
At I.'""Ito -).6';1.', "I ..(,,f•.,.
.,'I ~J'~:r!Pf'W.',.1'1 .~.•L
.-.-..-,."..."1..'."..",.-,,,..AH ..~1,\03
}J
'j
~,."
"~-"...",...,.....
O '...L 'I q 'I'S~Nte sen 4 ...1 ~IS
<oP5N -G!Q,,,,'Plo.cttMW~5,""1\)0•
.).,:~.:
,;:'~~NeL:Qi)~.'"'
•
•I
~,
I ,'.:.!..,
'.:,,·1 ,l.,.,.......i ;..'
I.. I '..'I ', I .""...,.I I
.'I •
~"i.'"•1I'"-(:'l
.~."'."'"
I
I
!,'
I
~
,
, I I
-:j •
........I "•....;.~,,.;~.."."""1,#
I'"(,
,..,
:,t .~~",
,.:
.;......,
..
t ~.1 .'~!:1';
,\l"d
,
I,
"I j
..~'
'j
,t.,-
,,-1':'
./
-"'}~l•,I,t -~
"..
,
•~'I'-~...-I'
""
....."....
o.tlc"'"o
~
t)\
.,
Uescr1pt1on .~;h ';;t'·'"..0_'Q.e.Ui>'_,"-'';=0 •.""$1'.-,S •
.,,--'
II,'!,J ~
.),..~
l:\~.t .
L.,11','111'1.-L N j
.',~it}~.\'J','t
"J ~',1/tr--\)l~
;~,j!rol,;
;~i'<:";'."
'~U\~;:l
:'~'yJt:;"t
',J.t:I';,<
• •••-.....".,.......,.;:>,.
Date "lam<
.Crew >-£.
,.....:Samp1tngSt~e G Rtve~~l1eJ!:L'GC_(f)_'I_~_I __I '_
'..:...'-
I
-..0)-page~File No.DISCHARGE
0 -~AH-81-04•Date-.8-Crew
/-----'..
f~'iab1tat 0 •Sampling 0 R~Yer0 Meter@Type,11 No.,-
Location Site Mile
-.GC i!2._'__@tj'__,:-__, _
-G~ge Number 0 .-
Height
,Description . "10 -:-_.'.'.,
......Distance
from MeanHeadPin.Vl!l:.Stzeea:m-Cbs.'Revo-VeZceity /p•een CeZ1.CeZt(ft)Angle-Depth bed Depth nutions Time Depth Iu.:..41.(~)-no",Mean MeanLBRSCoef.(ft.)'EUn1.S I (sec)Ptr..nt lVeM;icdl CeZl (ft.)(ft•.(~L.
~~~~..~~'~~.~~~6"~~~.~~~~.~.~•...._...@
,...-....._.--.---
---.-I,...-..,-,,-..---
.
.
.
~~
\f
".
~
.
..,,.
'.-
.
..---,
,.'r
"
..
.
STAFF GAGE NO.~
AH-81-05
File No.0
crew,_--..:0=-2l!:.-_
Habitat LocatiDn~~~~S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--~~~~~~~~
Sampling Si~__.....~.".;::0=-4,....;...~~~~~_River Mile,--=-_...;:!0.6 ::;.."~__
Calibration Factor~....::@~~tlc.·'_
..
601 (11)(12)(1s)
~
.
.
.
.
---
'.
.
DATE TIME HEIGHT INITIAl DATE TIME
•
HEIGHT INITIAL
."
•
IV.QUALITY CONTROL
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Field sampl ing techniques and data recording procedures will
be monitored of each crew weekly by the Adult Anadromous Project Leader
or his appointed designee.This will insure consistency,accuracy and
conformance with standard sampling and data collection and recording
methods.
Sampling gear and support equipment will be maintained in good
working order.It will be the responsibil ity of each crew leader to
insure that preventive maintenance is conducted on all equipment.Minor
equipment breakdowns will be repaired in the field.Major equipment
breakdowns and/orlosses will be reported immediately to Anchorage
headquarters.Replacement equipment or parts will be provided at first
avail abl e opportunity.
B.RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Fishing techniques utilized in the various sampling schemes
have been proven for effectiveness in earlier biological studies (Lagler,
1956;Sundstrom,1957;and McClane,1965).Personnel will be instructed
to use proven lures.Natural baits,where used,will be changed regularly
to insure "freshness"and ensure maximum scent transfer to the water.
Gillnets and seines will be kept mended or will be replaced if
badly damaged in operations.Equipment such as tagging guns,fishing
tackle,firearms,and other tools used in day-to-day operations will be
cleaned and oiled after each use to prevent rust.
Data forms will be filled out in a neat and legible manner and •
will be subject to periodic review by the project leader or his assistant.
C.AQUATIC HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW STUDIES .
A systematic approach for maintaining desired standards
for the measurement of field parameters has been established for the
instruments used in this study.Thermometers are periodically compared
to a National Bureau of Standards (NBS)standard thermometer for the
range of temperatures to be encountered.If present,variations are
noted and correction factors are calculated and taped onto each ther-
mometer.
Thermographs are calibrated following the above procedures.
Timing mecttanisms are also evaluated for,accuracy.Operational ther-
mographs are periodically inspected comparing the temperature and time
on the chart with the known time and temperature "data.A mark is made
on the chart at that point..
i"O(~078
Dissolved oxygen probes (Hydro1abs and YSI)are checked over
the range of use against the Winkler determination (Standard Methods~
1975).Other instruments (i.e.~pH meters and conductivity meters)are
periodically evaluated by the USGS.Whenever a question arises concerning
quality contro1~the USGS.EPA~and manufacturer of the data collection
device will be,consulted.
Literature is periodically reviewed to insure that state-of-
the-art data collection and analysis techniques are being observed.A
hydraulic engineer will be consulted to evaluate the accuracy of data
collection and analysis techniques.The USFWS is periodically consulted
to evaluate the accuracy of instream flow data collection and analysis
techniques.'
The project biometrician is consulted to evaluate the ac-
curacy and statistical merit for collecting data.
State-of-the-art habitat data collection and analysis
courses are attended when it is determined attendance will improve the
quality of the program.
The field ,data are reviewed periodically by the field biologist
responsible for its collection.A brief narrative is prepared sumnarizing
the habitat characteristics described by the data set.Any abnormal or .
intervening field conditions or sampling problems which might have
biased the data set are also to be discussed in the narrative.
Data Routing
Raw data from the respective project sections will be'forwarded
to the Anchorage Su Hydro office for copying and fil ing.Actual routing
will follow the path in figure 1.
00079
•
/--..,
I'~,,~,
1
Field Crews - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Data Forms
Field Crew Leaders - - - - - - - - - - -Data Folder
I
Project Leaders -- - - - --- - - - - -Data Folder
I
Su-Hydro Office - - - - ---- - - - - -Data Folder
~
Original File
Terrestrial Environmental Services,Inc.
Working File
I
Data Processing
Acres American,Inc.
Alaska Power Authority
Steering Committee
Alaska Department of Fish &Game
Figure 1.Data Routing,Phase I,1981.
v.SCHEDULE
Project scheduling is as outlined in Figures 1,2 and 3.By
inspecting the figures,it becomes evident that the Adult Anadromous
Fisheries Project will conduct it's field program between June 15 and
October 17 at the sites indicated on Figure 1.The Resident and Juvenile
Anadromous Fisheries Project will integrate it's field program with the
Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow Project along those river reaches
indicated in Figure 2.These projects will operate year round from the
estuary to Devil Canyon and from March 15 through October 15 upstream
from Devil Canyon.
Reporting dates for all projects are depicted in Figure 3.
•
(.'",.
ESTUARY
TO
YENTNA·
RIVER '
YENTNA
...RIVERI,._oo TO
·0
·00 TALKEETNA
.~
TALKEETNA
TO
DEVIL
CANYON.
)
•Susitna Station Sonar (6/15-9/17)•
•Y~ntna Sonar (6/15..9/7). •
t Susitna Survey (1/15 ..10/1>•
t Sunshine Sonar (6/15-9/15)•
I Sunshine Tag/Recapture (6/15-9/15),
I Sunshine"SurveY (7/15-10/7)I
,Talkeetna Son~r (6/15 ..9/15),
,Talkeetna Tag/Recapture (6/15-9/15)
,.
I Curry Tag/Recapture (6/]5-9/15)I
I Gold Creek Survey (7/15-10/15 ),
.,Radio Tagg1ng (6/15-10/1),
15 21 28
JUNE
4 .11 18 25
JULY
8 15 22 29 5
AUGUST
12 19 26
SEPTEMBER
3 10 17 24 31 7 14
OCTOBER NOVEMBER
Figure 1.Adult Anadromous Project Schedule.1981.
~I f
ESTUARV
)\i 'i iii \
,/))
-
I
)
TO
DEVIL CANYON
DEVIL CANYON
TO
TVONE RIVER
Surveys of Resident and Juvenile populations (RJ)
Surveys of Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow Data Collection (AH)
Impoundment Investigations of
siden
Aquatic Habitat Investigation (AH)
J F M A M J
MONTH
J A s o N D
•Figure 2.Activity schedule,1981.Integrated Resident and Juvenile Anadromous Fisheries
and Aquatic Habitat and Instream Flow Projects.
January -
10 -Monthly Report
February -
10 -Monthly Report
March -
10 -Monthly Report
April -
10 -Monthly Report
May -Quarterly Report
-~10 -MOnthly Report
June ---
10 -Monthly Report
July -
10 -Monthly Report
August -Quarterly Report
10 -Monthly Report
September -
fir-10 -Monthly Report
~['
October -
10 -Monthly Report
November -Quarterly Report
10 -MOnthly Report
•December -
10 -Monthly Report
15 -Anadromous Phase I Draft-Report
Figure 3.Reporting Schedule~1981.
OC08~
VI.PERSONNEL
:~Mr.Thomas W.Trent will supervise coordination of the Su
Hydro Aquatic Studies.Tom is a 1965 graduate of the University of
North Dakota with a degree in biological and physical sciences.After
graduation,he undertook extensive post-baccalaureate and graduate
studies at Oregon State University in fisheries and water resources.
Tom acquired professional experience i~fisheries science and
water pollution biology as a trainee for the Federal Water Quality
Administration and with the Oregon Game Conmission Research Division
before he joined the Alaska Department of Fish and Game in 1971.Since
joining ADF&G,Tom has held positions with the Sport Fish Division in
the Anchorage area and West Side Susitnariver sport fisheries manage-
ment programs.and with the Habitat Protection Section dealing with
development activities and environmental impact evaluation.In 1974,
the Commissioner of Fish and Game delegated Tom the responsibility of
developing and coordinating the Department's positions and policies on
the proposed Susitna River hydroelectric project.
Tom resigned from the Department of Fish and Game in early >
1975 to accept a 'position with the U.S.Bureau of land Management as the
State Fisheries Biologist.He subsequently rejoined the Alaska Department
of Fish and Game in 1976 as supervisor of the Region II Habitat Protection
Section.In this capacity,Tom was responsible for coordination of fish
and wildlife·resource planning and policy input to the DNR State land
~~~~~~~~:~t~~~g~~=;k:~~:~~~~~r~fn;~~o;i~~eA~~&~e§~~~i~~yR~~~~r~~d~~r
Project matters.
Mr.Bruce M.Barrett will supervise the Adult Anadromous
Project.Bruce holds a Bachelor of Science degree in fisheries from the
University of Alaska in Fairbanks and cqmp1eted one year of graduate
study in fisheries before joining the Alaska Department of Fish and Game ..
in 1972.
Bruce has held several key positions with the Department of
Fish and Game involving anadromous fish investigations in Cook Inlet and
the Susitna River system.In 1974 he conducted the first ADF&G anadro-
mous fish study on the Susitna River between Devil Canyon and the village
of Talkeetna.
Mr.Kevin Delaney wi 11 head the Res i dent and Juveni 1e Anadromous
Fisheries Study.Kevin holds a Bachelor of Science degree from St.J
Cloud State University in St.Cloud,Minnesota.In 1974 he joined the
Alaska Department of Fish and Game in Kodiak.Alaska as a shellfish
research biologist.Kevin transferred to Anchorage in 1976 where h~co-
authored the Alaskan Fisheries Atlas Volumes I and II.
j ~D·G08~·
(~..
\.,tr
Kevin has been involved with Susitna River studies since 1977.
He conducted research on Susitna River juvenile chinook and coho salmon
and held the assistant area Sport Fish biologist position for the western
Susitna drainage before joining the Su Hydro feasibilities study.
Mr.Christopher Estes will lead the Aquatic Habitat and
Instream Flow Studies.Christopher holds a B.A.in Environmental Science
from Prescott College,Prescott,Arizona.Graduate course work at
Washington State University was directed toward instream flow and aquatic
habitat evaluation procedures.Upon approval of his thesis,he will
receive a MS degree in the fall of 1981.
Christopher conducted his first instream flow and aquatic
habitat evaluation study for the Montana Department of Fish,Wildlife,
and Parks in 1975.He joined the ADF&G as a fishery research biologist
in 1977 and has been associated with the Su Hydro feasibility studies
since that time.In 1979,he initiated the ADF&G Instream Flow Program.
During the same year,he was appointed Co-chairman of the Western Division
of the American Fisheries Society Water Development and Streamflow
Conmittee,a position he continues to fill.
..
•.,p •
..-ft0008~
VII.LITERATURE CITED
ADF&G.1978.Preliminary environmental assessment of hydroelectric
development on the Susitna River:Prepared for the U.S.Fish and
Wildlife Service by the.Alaska Department of Fish and Game.
Anchorage,AK.51pp.
Arnold,•1966.(Cited in ADF&G manual on fish tagging.nd.
Ak.Department of Fish and Game.Anchorage,AK.)
AEIDC.1980.An assessment of environmental effects of construction
and operation of the proposed Terror Lake Hydroelectric Facility,
KodiaK,Alaska.Instream Flow Studies:Arctic Environment Information
Data Center.Anchorage,AK.197pp.
1981.An assessment of environmental effects of construction
and operation of the proposed Terror Lake Hydroelectric Facility,
Kodiak,Alaska.Instream Flow Studies Final Report:Arctic Environment
Information Data Center.Anchorage,AK.419pp.
Baldridge,J.1981.Appendix 3;Development of habitat suitability
criteria,In:An assessment of environmental effects of construction
and operatlOn of the proposed Terror Lake Hydroelectric Facility,
Kodiak,Alaska.Instream Flow Studies Final Report.Arctic Environment
Information Data Center.Anchorage,AK.pp.391-94..
Bovee,K.D.and T.Cochnauer.1977.Development and evaluation of
weighted criteria,probabi1 ity~of-use curves for instream flow
assessments:Fisheries.Instream Flow Information Paper No.3,
USFWS,Ft.Collins,CO.39pp...
Bovee,K.D.and R.Mi1hous.1978.Hydraulic simulation in instream
flow studies:Theory and Techniques.Instream Flow information
paper No.5.Cooperative Instream Flow Service Group.FWS/OBS-•
78/33.Ft.Collins,CO.131pp.
Buchanan,T.J.and W.P.Somers.1973.Discharge measurements at gaging
stations.Techniques of Water Resources Investigations of the
United States Geological Survey.Arlington,VA.Book 3,Chapter
AS.65pp.
Estes,C.,K.Hepler,and A.Hoffmann.1981.Willow and Deception
Creeks Instream Flow Demonstration Study.AOF&G.Habitat Protection
Section and Sport Fish Division.Anchorage,AK.7app.
Fulton,T.W.1893.(Cited in ADF&G Manual on Fish Tagging.
nd.Ak.Dept.of Fish and'Game,Anchorage,AK.)
Griffith,L.'1981.Discussion of R&M Consultants substrate data
collection techniques.(Personal Communication.)R&M Consultants.
Anchorage,Ak.
Hagen,R.M.et.a1.,1973.Ecological impacts of water storage and
diversion projects.Environmental quality and water development.
Ed.Goldman,C.R.et.al.W.H.Freeman Co.San Francisco,CA.
Keller,E.A.1980.Environmental Geology.2nd ed.Chas.E.Merrill
Pub.Co.Columbus,OH.548pp.
Ke11erhals,R.and 0.1.Bray.1970.Sampling procedures for coarse
fluvial sediments.ASCE Hydraulics Division.Specialty Conference,
University of Minnesota,Minneapolis,'MN.August 19-21,1970..
Lag1er,K.F.1959.Freshwater Fishery Biology.2nd ed.Wm.C.Brown
Co.Dubuque,IA.421pp.
Mauney,J.l.1965.A study of the channel catfish,(icta1urus
punctatus),in the Crowan River system.Raleigh,NC.;NC.State
Univ.Thesis.87pp.
McClane,A.J.(ed.)1965.McC1anes·Standard Fishing Encyclopedia
and International Angling Guide.Holt,Rinehart and Winston,Inc.
New York,NY.1057pp.
Parsons,M.1980.Stream Assessment Procedures and Guidelines.
Suis1aw National Forrest U.S.Forest Service,U.S.D.G.Pacific
Northwest Region.Portland,OR.17p.
Petersen,CGJ.1894.(Cited in ADF&G Manual on Fish Tagging.nd.
AK.Dept.of Fish and Game.Anchorage,AK.)•
.Richardson,LV.,et.a1.1975.Highways in the river environment;
hydraulic and environmental design considerations.U.S.Dept.of
Transportation.Wash.,D.C.np.
Rounsefell,G.A.1963.Marking fish and invertebrates.
Leaflet 549.U.S.Dept.of Interior.Wash.,D.C.
Fishery
12pp.•
Shirazi,M.A.and W.K.Seine 1979.A stream system evaluation.An
emphasis on spawning habitat for sa1monids.US Environmental
Protection Agency.Corvalis,OR.EPA-600/3-79-109.39pp.
Smoot,G.F.and C.E.Novak.1977.Calibration and maintenance of .
vertical-axis type current meters.Techniques of Water Resources
Investigations of the United States Geological Survey.Book 8.
Chapter B2.Instrumentation.Arlington,VA.15pp.
Stalnaker,C.B.and J.L.Arnette (eds).1976.Methodologies for the
determination of stream resource flow requirements:an assessment.
USFWS/OBS,and Utah State University,Logan,UT.199pp.
Sundstrom,G.T.1957.Commercial fishing vessels and gear.U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.Cir.48.48pp •.
Trihey,W.E.and D.L.Wegner.1981.Field data collection procedures
for use with the physical habitat simulation system of the Instream
Flow Group.USFWS,Cooperative Instream Flow Service Group.Ft.
Collins,CO.l5lpp.
USFWS.1976.Southcentra1 rai1be1t area -Susitna River basin.Fish
and Wildlife studies related to the U.S.Army Corp.of Engineers
Devil Canyon-Watana hydroelectric project.USFWS/ADF&G.Anchorage,
AK.15pp.
USFS.1981.ASGS/AOF&G -Su Hydro 1981 Cooperative agreement.USGS.
Anchorage,AK.np.
Will iams,F.T.1976.Upper Susitna River Investigations.Alaska
Dept.of Fish and Game.Anchorage,AK.np.Unpublished.
•
p
/
\.!
'-...--"
APPENDIX I
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Sonar Installation and Operation Manual
50 (i (:;I:.•\('l Yl
..r--C')A""C{c;'i
•
r
-.I
THE
BENDIX
CORPORATION
Electrodynamics
Division
North Hollywood
Ca 1i forn;a .
INSTALLATION
AND
OPERATION
SlOE SCAN
SALMON COUlfTER
CI.9so Model)
t'!'""'..
fr{
~-<....-......-.-•
,=
'''r
\-
MANUAL ........
".•.•r
.'
/'i'.j .
I •
'-..-'_.-
Report No.
SP-78-017
10 March 1980)
Prepared For:
The State of Alaska
Department of Fish
And Game .
Anchorage
Alaska
-,
•
1 O~
-.-.
••
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.._.
~
/"
I·\~/
)G----
Section I Function of Front Panel Controls
Section II Initial Setup and System Test
Section III Troubleshooting
Section IV .Side Scan Artificial Substrate
..
..___ro _...-_.---_.-.
~
,Pace
',~.-
~...'\1"·'-,
PP.INn:R o:::&t'ROLS 1!2
CLEAR PUSHBUTTON (DATA)2,2
4 DIGIT DISPLAY &MANUAL SECTOR SELECTOR 2
.
METER.METER SWITCH &BATTERY 2
FISH VELOCITX CONTROL 2
SENSITIVITY CONTROL 3
DEAD RANGE CONTROL 3
COUNTING RANGE CONTROL 3
.TRANSDUCER AIMING 3,4,5
CUMULATIVE COUNTER 5
SAFETY SWITCH 5
,,-
/I~..kj .,
SOUNDER
TEST PUSHBUTTON &DATA SWITCH__.4_____----~~------
FISH &SECTOR LIGHTS
AUTOMATIC TEST
.
•TEST POINTS ON'PANEL
BEAMWIDTH SWITCH
DEBRIS ALERTING
TAPE RECORDER OPERATION
INITIAL SETUP &SYSTEM TEST
SOlAR PANEL
TROUBLE SHOOTING
-SIDE SCAN ARTIFICIAL SUBSTRATE
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE FOR 60 FT.ARRAY
ARRAY INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
ARRAY R~~OVAL PROCEDURE
5,6
6
6
6)
7,8
....
8
9
9.'0
10,11
1.1
11-14
l~lS
15,16
16,17
18
,(7(-
..\
'-
\....
\~.---
\,'.~.--~~"
\.
'.
\.
ARRAY DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL CAUTION NOTES
#
1-05
18
18.19
~.
~.
tr(:!··•,-
\-
~,~--
1 --'-•.,--,.
INTRODUCTION
to determine that it is operating proper1y.Read this section before
applying ppwerto the unit.
Section III will "aid you in p~lipointing any source of problems and in
,making any necessary field repairs by replacing printed circuit cards.
Section IV will show you how to install the artificial substrate in
the ri vel'"•
"
.'
o·
/l~1f1:"""
".\.....-...-...
..-::..~:-::...:
'Itle pttpOSe of this,pushl::utt::on is to initial ,~set tha
printout t.im!!ani auto test tim!at ~p:3int.'!be'
·Sk~swr.oc::a.must b!."OFF"to do this.y
~printer rray be o:mIanded to print its contents at any
t:.iIte wit:hout affect::ing the t.imi.ne;.'!be letter ·C·is
printed ~this pushl::utt::on is depressed to permit yea to
knew that this is a c::r:mard .print and not:in the JXD:Iri!l ,
.tim!sequence.'~priJ1t:out tim:i.nq is not:a£fecf:ad b1t:.
the counts are erased CL.~'erintout.4r--.·
"
3.Print O::nillam .-.----------_._._..---_._----
c.
---
4.Printer on-off Switch .
nus switch does not affect the timing or data in any w-;q
.ard is nerely used to shut off the printer.'!he'sounder
will souril·to alert ~.to p.tt.'the printer-aKFF switch
back "(Xl.It rxmna11y 'takes only a minute to change paper
so try to "Dian }'2UX'pacer chanaebetween erina .5/·-·'.-
noieJ s.using the ~"printer,l:e sure to ~'mt off
.'printer 'switch $en c::han¢ng prititer paper•
.·5:Replacing Printer Paoer -See next page.
Be Data Clear TiI!e'
Data is cleared (erased fJ:an nencry)ar--er each print out•.Set for AT
Print position on 1978 and 1979 models.
C1ear~...cn ...
'ItJe J:ed ~pushbItton lccat.ed on the left side of t.~panel
'--._..will clear t.~data -m the rrarories contro1.1ing·the printer and 4 digi~
-1-
...
,-
••..1._._",a ~.
if'!"""'".-
:.-.~.
5.Replacing Printer Paoer
A blue line on the oacer aierts you about 1 dar in advance of
deDlet;on.10 change paper.shut off the prin~er sw1tCn ana 1
screw tne Z small silver knurled screws on the printer face.
a new pad of paper in the rear tray wi th the blue 1i nes tOW!l"C
tray botto~.Fe~the paper over the silver roller in front c
between the plastic face and rubber roner.Start the paper t
revolving the rubber roller with your finger.~~en replacing
printer.push it in while making sure the paper is not pinched
tween the printer and panel by manually pulling some paper out
the slot.Make sure the printer seats complete1l flush with t
"panel since an electrical connector must make contact.Retigh-
the two knurled screws as tightly as possible with your finger.
If the ink becomes dim after 2 to 4 years operation,loosen ~;';
two·black screws on the printer face and pullout the ink pad~
new pad may .then be screwed in.Spare pads have been suppl)ed
Alaska and spare printers have been included.Any printers ma)
interchanged between systems.7 as they are identical.
-"
5/
.I1
2/
3/.y
11 Set to print out on the hour.During operation place a binderontheendofthetapeas"it comes out of the counter.Hanging
clip over the edge of the counter stand will allow tape to move
smoothly out of the counter,e,liminating printer malfunction ...
1918 model this may appear as a dot.
On the hour.._...
Erasure of data "on '78 and 179 models can be avoided by setting
DATA CLEAR TIME switch in NEVER position until printout ;s over
Or a complete printout could be missed without your knowledge.
Screws on printers .must be tightened daily as vibrations can
cause tnern to loosen •
.-
..
-j
.~
"-~eo
.E.
.._..,;,;;:.
C.Clear Pushbutton Contd ..
liquid crystal display.It does not affect the cumulative counter
at right.To clear the data.the ·SAFETY·switch must be ·OFF-.
The.sounder alerts you when this switch is left .off.
D.4-Diait Oisolay and Manual Sector Selector
The liquid crystal display shows you the number of counts accumu-
lated in any of the 12 sectors that is selected by the black
'thumbwheel switch above it.It is always on since it uses only
.1 microamp of current.Being liquid crystal.it is a reflective
display and requires some ambient light to be seen.At night a
f1ashli9~t or match may ~necessary to see it•
Meter.Meter Switch and Batterx
'.
F.
When in the MBATTD position~the meter reads the condition of the
'GEL-CELL battery.When in the "SOLAR CHARGE"position.the meter
.reads the output of the sol.ar panel.In full.unobscured sunlight
the meter will read at the extreme right indicating the solar panel
is:supplying 12 times the current that the Side Scanner is using
with the excess going,to charge the supplied-GEL-CEU battery.
When the meter is at the point where the red and green meet (suc~
as cloudy weather}the solar panel is supplying twice as much
current as the Side Scanner is consuming with the excess going to
charge the GEL-CEll battery.This would be enough to indefinitely
carTY it through the night hours.Althouah a 12V 1 16 amo hour
rechargeable GEt-CELL battery;s supol ied with each system!any 12V
batter:y of equal or Qreatercapacity may be used.The supplied
battery.when fully charged.will operate the Side Scanner for,
approximately 300 hours,or about.2 wee~s.day and night,with no
solar charging.Internal protection·is provided against bat~ry
overcharging in the event of constant full sun.
Fish Velocity Control
This'thumbwheel'switch controls the "transmit repetition rate of the
.system.It has been observed that salmon migrate upstream at about
1.75 feet per second (ground speed).Since the switch ;s labeled i~
seconds per foot~the reciprocal of 1.75 feet per second is 0.571·
seconds per foot so until new fish speed information is obtained,
set the control to 0.571.(33T:on Susitnawest bank)•.
-2-
...
--..:-
--.s.Sensitivity Control
This controls the amount of power transmitted to the transducer
and is essentially a system sensitivity control.
To adjust it initially requires a fine bladed screwdriver or knife
blade and an oscilloscope.It is adjusted as follows:
Set the beamwidth switch to 20.Adjust the front panel
sensitivity control for an average peak to peak (top -to bottom)
si~nal of 30Y.It will look something like the Waveform at
left so adjust ·for an average as shown.
-4-r-~~
i
3QY
i
I
.".
(1)
(2)
Connect the oscilloscope input to the red test point on the
panel marked XHZo:Set the _vertical sensitivity of the scope
to 5V per division and the scope trigger to internal.Set
the horizontal scope sweep speed to 50 ~set per division.
Make sure.the transducer is properly connected and in the
water.
".
..
//'~
-~_/:-:--
;~
".
H.
•..i.en.~ye..."'l ~dvers such.~t..~sus.t:tna,set t.lris level to 3SV.
Dead Ranoe Control.
This controls the distance.from the face of the transducer that
the system is -blanked out.-·That is,anyechos received within
this preset range will ~be accepted for processing.The con-
trol may be set from 0 to 10 feet.Tnis control is necessa~to
blank out transducer "ringing"which occurs for about 2~fe~t and
would r-esult in false counts.Sometimes a source of air bubbles
·near shore exists which could cause false counts.'In this case,.
increasEr the DEAD RANGE control until the count stops in sector 1
(as'evidenced by the 11 fish light blinking).The fish would then
.have to be we1red out to beyond the dead range.-See nweirs·unaer Misc.
,-,...:
-,,.,:;;;
~.
".;,.,-
\.
I.Counting Range Control
This controls the total perpendicular distance to which fish counts
will "be accepted.This preset distance starts immediately after
the DEAD RANGE ceases,thus the total range from the face of the
transducer is the total of both the "DEAD RANGE·and PCOUNTING
RANGE-setti ngs.-
J.'Transducer Aiming
The end of the artificial substrate contains a target,approximately
60 feet from the transducer face.This is necessary for proper
-3-..
!.iO
•
-
..,\....:.
!~.
·0
~
•
'';'-
J.Transducer Aiming (Contd.)
i~itial aiming of the transducer beam.]{To do so,merely set the --
range controls for a total somewhat over 60 feet and manipulate
the tbansducer untn the sector 112 fish light consistently blinks •.
The 2 ~eam should be used for this although the 40 beam may be
used to initially locate the beam.When in position,tighten the
transducer mounting knurled handles.."
The beam should be as low as possible without actually reflecting·
back from irregularities on the pipe so the best way to set.the
beam is to start·high and lower the Beam until it hits the target.
then lower it further until echos begin returning from some point
before the target,.then raise it just enough to miss the early
taroet.«
To facilitate transducer aiming,the knurled handles should be
partially tightened and the 3 foot rod supplied with the system
alternately·inserted in the vertical and horizontal holes in the
transducer plate to move the transducer.Make sure that the final
tighte.ning does not up~et the aiming_
~n oscilloscope should be used;n 1ieu of the #12 FISH LIGHT for
more·precise ~iming.To do so.trigoer the oscilloscope from the·
XM·20 Dane 1 test poi nt,connect the scooe Qrounc1 to the GND!tes t
point and the SCODe input to the RCVRtest point.Set the SCODe
vertical control to 1 Y CM and the horizontal control to 5 milH-
seconds per CM.2/The target will be observed on.the scope 24 mi i-
seconds from the start of the trace and the transducer may be mani-
pulated for a maximum "spike·at that point.If the trans'ducer is
aimed too low~early eclios coming from rough surfaces on the pipe 0
will be seen.before 24 rnsec.V _
The new·(1978)·artificial-subst,-"ates have an improved method of
transducer a~justment and have transducers modified for the new
substrates.(See Figure ~on the last sheet.)The transducer
plate should be installed in the shroud on the shore end member.
The3 studs attached to the plate will be secured to the plate with·
the 3/8..16 10cknuts.YAbout lls inch away there will be il 1/2-20
nut followed by a flat washer.a spring and flat washer in that
order•.The three studs should be pushed through the three corres-
ponding holes in the shroud .with the last flat washer against the
inside of the shroud •.A hand wheel should then be screwed pnto
the outside of the 'shroud on each of the protruding studs.~The
transducer cables shou1d be fed over the top of the transducer and
back to share,securing them wtth tape to p~event chafing and to
JJ Prior to su.bmersion.transducer plate should be flushed on all
sides with transducer housing.This can be accomplished by"
ftfeel·or using a straight edge.y See section.titledOsci11oscope Operation for "the Side Scanner.
•-4-...
3/See section titled Typ!cal Side Scanner Oscilloscope Waveforms'.-fo~various transducer aiming conditions.41 Use 10ckwashers and tighten with ~h~nno''6-~-~:
'.....
......
;~.
,."-'J.
K.
Tr:ansducer Aiming (Contd.)
provide a little service loop to prevent their being torn cff the,
transducer.The'three hand wheels should be tightened with an
equal amount of stud protruding through the wheel.The transducer
will now be approximately aimed at the target end 60 feet away.
(The ren-aining three hand wheels should be used after final trans-
ducer adjustment by running them up the stud and tightening them
against the first wheel to loc~them in place.)
The transducer should be accurately aimed at the target by the
oscilloscope method discussed in the previous section with the
following!!!!!exception.To raise the beam,screw the upper
wheelcloclcwise (to the right)one turn for each 3/4 foot beam
movement 60 feet away (or counterclockwise to lower it).To move
the beam to the right,turn the lower right wheel clockwise and
the lower left wheel the same amount counterclockwise at the same
time.To move the beam to the left,reverse the procedure.Y Each
full tum of both wheels toge.ther will move the beam horizonta'l1y
1-1/2.feet.By turning them together,the vertical aiming remains
unchanged and the upper wheel does not affect horizontal beam
movement.The 2°.beam is 2 feet wide at 60 feet-away.see attached
section ~Transdu:::er a..imi.ng'.
Cumulative Counter
This counter maintains a running total of all counts.It is an
,a-digit counter and'being of the L.E.O.type,consumes a fair
amount of power when lit.For this reason·a -READ-pushbutton.is
provided below it to read the total when desired.'To clear the -',
cumulative counter,shut OFF the SAFm switch and depres~the
•CLEAR-·pushbutton .1 oca ted below the counter.The ala rm wi 11
alert you that the "SAFETY-switch is OFF.
----
-L..Safety Switch"
.This switch is an interlock provided to prevent accidental clearing"
of the data or accidental resetting of PRINTER time or AUTOMATIC
TEST time.Whenever.it is left in the "OFF-'position the.sounder
will sound,alerting you of.this fact.-_,
M.Sounder
The sounder will alert you whenever any of the following three
switches are left i~tbe ·wrong-position to pre~ent_wa1ki~g away
from the unit-in that condition:{The sounder wl11 Cl1C~when-
ever-fish is counted.EI .".
11 Horizontal movements should involve exactl1 the same amount
of turning on each wheel to aV9id "skew;ng U the beam out and
up or-down._
y Speaker may be covered when working to lessen obnoxious noise •.
However,the speaker is not a gum repository.
-5-e.
-!12
-~M.Sounder (continued)
8.Sounds when "DATA-switch is left "OFF-.
--:---..
b.Sounds when ·PRINTER-switch is left DOFF-.
..
c.-Sounds when DSAFETY·swi tch is left "OFF-.
H.Test Pushbutton and Data Swi tch
The purpose of this test is to verify proper functioning of almost
the entire system (except the transmitter).This button,when
depressed,electronically simulates fish in the first 11 sectors.
When the system is operating properly,the first 11 fish lights
will blink,the sounder 'will sound,the cumulative counter and the
4-digit counter at left will record th~se counts.If only a
oartial system test is desired,without interfering with data _
already oresent in the memories or the cumulative counter,the
"OATA"swi tch should be left "OFF".This wi 11 prevent these lIfalse -
counts"from being recordect but will permit the FISH lights to
blink.When a full system test is desired at the cast of losing,
the data already present,the "DATA-switch may be left "ON D
•
------The-two red SECTOR-t:'E~D~is-i'ndicate-thaf~the'electroni'cs logic
card is probably functioning properly.The sector lights must
alwa~s blink.If ~light(s)does not blink,the cause may be,
merely a burned out light.Tl1is can-'oe verified by dialing the '
large thumbwheel switch to the sector in question and simulating •
fish by depressing the "TEST".pushbutton with the "DATA-switch-
RONa.If data is recorded in that sector.it merely means that
either the light ;S'bad or the l.E.D.card in tbesystem is bad.
which ml.!!2!affect proper operation.
To check sector 12.merely increase the "RANGED control setting a
few feet to ·count"the target at the end ,of the substrate.The'
FISH lights will-blink whenever fish are detected in the correspond-
ing sector and th~sounder will sound.
P.Automatic Test
Fish and Sector tights .....-:.----_._.-_._.
.'
This feature permits automatic self testing of the entire system
includinq the transducer and its proper aiming.It function$
a.utomatically-·each .12 1x:lUrs as follcws:
Note:1978 and 1.979 models can be set at 6 •.12.or 24 hours.
Set at 24 hours •
...;'
~
.:.::.~.-. .
-5--;...
."
-•='i
P.Autanatic '!est cantt d.
'1'0 ~..art t."le 12 !x7.Jr t:imi.ng-sequence at any point in tiIre,
press .the "SEX TIMES If red pushbuttr::n.'.!his initiates b:::rl:h the
printer and.aut:o test t:btes.-P.reci sely 2 secoms a..."9:er the ~
no:cm:tl print:out:12 b::Jurs later,the system will g:J into an
autaratic test ncde.It will autaratically elect:ronically
simulate between 2 to 7 ·fish in ead1 of the fhst:II sec-o-ers
and it will autcrraticaJ]y exteI'd its range by 3 feet,thus
counting the artifieal target 60 feet zrw-ay and.%eCOrd.inS these
counts in sector 12.It will then print out all these counts
and the letter E in the seoom -'colunn to indicate a seU
startJ!N:>ne of these counts w:Ul enter the c::umulative .,--
counter at right,am will be erased right after the print.
Q.Test Points on Panel
The test points have the following purposes:
1.~~.This test point is connected to the 4°section of the
transducer which sho!s the transmitted voltage when the unit
is transmitting at 4 •
2•.The XMZo test point is directly connected to the transducer
sector that is selected by the beamwidth switch and penmits
oscilloscope reading of the transmitted voltage,thus check-
ing the transmitter card in the system.The 40 transmit will
alwaxs be considerably higher than the 2°transmitted voltage
except when the beamwidth switch is set to 2°.When the
-"BEAM WIDTH'"switch is in the MAlT-position,the transmitted
voltage can be seen to alternately go high and low af the 2°'
and 40 sector.s are automatically selected.·_....
3.RCVR Test Point.This test point 1Sthe receiver output and
gives a"true 8analog picture-on an oscilloscope of what.'is
happening in the water.Any echos received are amplified
and presented at this test point.Any time the echo exceeds
3 volts at this point for the proper pre-programmed number of
"hits-it will result in a count.To use this feature.the
scope input is connected to th~"RCVR-test point,the scope'
gr.ound·connected to the uGND u test poi nt and the.scooe may 6e
11 1978 and 1979 models will have letter I in the second
column.
-7-
.,
,~
,,..U
,-
-;,
.,
:
'..
•'-:OJ..-..;;..~.--_.-.
Q.Test Points on Panel Contd.
tr;9geredfrom'eitner the -XM-test point which oennits
observation of the entire 60 feet or from anyone of the
·SCOPE -TRIG-test ooints which starts the SCODe trace at
the beginning of any of the 12 sectOr "listening times."
Tne scope tr19ger mus"t De set to -.By dOlng tnlS anC
properly expanding the scope sweep speed.anyone or "more
of the 12 sectors·may be individually observed:--
R.Beamwidth Switch
This switch electronically controls the transducer beamwidth by
-connecting only the center section of the transducer for a 4°
beamwidth or paralleling both the center and outer transducer
sections for a 2
0 beamwidth.Any of the three modes may be
selected.but for optimum coverage.theUALT-Dosition should be
used since this tends to make the lateral ~overage more unifonn._
When oin the MALT-position.the.system alternately transmits on~'
the Z sector then on the 40 sector and back to the 20 sector.
etc.After transmi tting on the 40 sector.only thoseechos re-
ceived during the first half of the active range are accepted
(sectors.1 thru 6).When transmitting on the ZO sector.only .
those·echos received during the last half of the-active range are
accepted (sectors 7 thru 12).The system electronically gives :
more weight to sectors closer to the transducer face-since the .
fish will be in the beam a shorter period of time because of the'
fact that the·closer to the transducer.the narrower the"beamwidtl
A number of samples of each fish are taken.penni tti ng different'
"aspects-of the fish to be sampled as it crosses the beam~A
varying number of valid "hits-are reqUired before the"system
"decides·the target is a fish and enters it into pennanent memo~
The number of valid hits required for ~etection is a function of
which of the 12 sectors the fish was detected.For example •.
although a fish travelling at 1.75 feet/sec is sampled 9 times.ii
it is detected in sector 9.only 5 valid "hits·are required to
count.so if 5.6~7.80r 9 hits are.made during the passage of
the fish.only 1 count win result..
_--This feature essentially eliminates downstream passing debris whi~
typically is travelling at the river velocity which is usually-
much faster than 1.75 ft/sec:and which would not be in the "beam"
long enough to count.To prevent single debris counts occurring
over a period of time from adding up to the number required for a
valid fish count.the tempora~fish decision .memories are auto-
matically cleared 4 transmissions after rec:eipt of any singleechl
~-.
~--I,
;-.1-;'D-.:'S-
.."=-i-."'_...._a.
~-....
5;Debris Alerting
Any time 24 counts are made in anyone of the 12 sectors in a 35 .
second ~eriod (starti~g from the first count),the sys·tem assumes_
that thlS ~a~n~tbe f'~h and is probably a piece of debris hung up
on the art~flClal subs~rate.When the next printout Occurs,the
correspondlng sector column will contain the ~l 1'+-in the 3m
column next to the sector identification number 11 After printout
the debr~s ~etec~or is cleared and starts out "fresh-again.If'
the deb~ls lS st,11 present,the system wi 11 aaain accept up to 24
counts.1n 35 ~econds and indicate "+-again."If the debris has
washed away,lt will resume normal operation.
NOTE:.Sc:Jte of the front panel switches are of the ·PULL TO CHANGED
t~p,:s.rhisis ~o prevent inadvertent changing of the switch po-
sltl0ns •.The sW1tch handle must be pulled away from the panel and·the~change~••Make sure that the s~tch is firmly seated in thedeslredposltion.
..
""'-"
..
T.Tape RecorderCoeration
The salmon counter is designed with the prOV1Sl0n to t~e the
following two outputs on a JVC-1636 cassette stereo tape recorder:
a.RECEIVER -This output is._:the.raw but amplified echos re-
ceived by the transducer..-"._"~..==.~_.---:-,..-e ••_..•._.:--:-_
b.FISH -This output provides a 65 microsecond pulse every ti~
the system decides that the .echos received were.that of a"
fish and not passing debris (unless the debris becomes hung
up on the pipe and counts continuously.
c.TAPE PWR _..This output provides a regul ated 8.7 vol ts to
power the tape recorder automatically for 3.6 minutes after
each printout•
.The purpose of the tape feature is to permit calibration of the
system.after the fact,at some later date.It has been found that
visual oscilloscope observation of the receiver output is an
excellent indicator of fish passage,even··in glacially silty water •
T7st conducted in Wood River have shown that.with a little practice.
an oscilloscope observer can count the fish passage with·a better
than 95 percent correlation with an observer on the fish counting
tower sin~passing debris echos are of a fleeting nature while
fish ·can be seen entering and leaving the beam with a gradual build-
up and decay of its echos •
.Thus,by recording the receiver echos and the actual simultaneous
fish counts that the salmon counter has electronically decided
upon,the two may be compared and system accuracy determined for
any given site.The fish velocity control may then be changed to
per~lanently callbrate system.
-9-,
..~
-...~.
a .....
-"-
To record.merely plug the de power cord of the tape recorder into
the side scan TAPE PWR plug,plug the RECEIVER output into the
right channel line input of the tape recorder.Plug the FISH out-
put into the left channel line in of the tape recorderl!Set the
tape recorder controls as follows:SUPER ANRS,CROZ-,-line.(use-".
only TOK SA-e90 "tape).2/Set the recorder level controls to maximum,
press the RECORD and PLAY buttons.Be sure the tape is inserted
and at its beginning.When the TAPE PWR switch is·in the AUTO
position,the tape recorder will automatically come on for 3.'
minutes after each print,thus recording a 3.6 .minute sample of
the echos and counts each hour at the usual printout setting of 1
hour."Since each'side of the cassette has 45 minutes recording ,
time and there are twelve 3.6 minute periods in 45 minutes this
means that the recorder can operate unattended for a 12 hour period
before turning over the tape...
NOTE:Never leave the TAPE PWR switch in the AON n position,since
this 'position is only used to set up the tape recorder or
to record for greater time periods.Even if no tape recorder
is plugged into the side s'canner,this would cause the sys-
tem to ,consume 20 percent more power needlessly.
I!.INITIAL SET UP AND SYSTEM TEST
To verify proper system operation when first turned on or anytime desired,
.do "the fall OWl ng:'_
Before the battery is plugged in,which turns on the system,place the .
following switches in the noted positions:
(1)PRINTER OFF.
(2)_TRANSDUCER HOT PLUGGED IN.
...
.'
,
ACTIVE RANGE to about 50 feet.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
•
.'.
,-
---'
The remainder of the controls may be left in any position.
N~xt.pl ug in the bat.tery and then press ~e SEl'~:t;:lUslr
button.(This synchronizes the system.)Some of the FISH lights may
remain on.To clear the system,press and hold the red TEST pushbutton
,noting that each of the FISH lights blink ~n sectors ~th~u 11.The
system is now cleared and ready for operat1on.At th1>t1me,the
SECTOR lights should be blinking and the BATTERY CO~DITION METER should
be in the green.
11 FISH output is left or white cord.
]i Tapes should be run through f~st forward and reverse once to lessen
-;"1 rJ -10-wow and flutter effects.
III.
Press the two red CLEAR pushbuttons to erase any counts from the memories
Press and hold the red TEST pushbutton.Thi s will simulate counts on ---
sectors 1 tbru'll.Hold it in until a few hundred counts appear on th:
CUMUL counter.(You have to press the black READ pushbutton to see thlS.
The next step wi 11 be to veri fy tha t CQun ts have -been reg;s tered on ._,;-
each section o'f the 4-digit liquid crystal display-and"that the printer -
isfunctior:ting,and that all counts agree.To do this,turn on the
PRINTER switch and momentarily press the black PRINT COMM pushbutton.
The printer should now print out 12 lines of data.The
left will be the sector identification number and should sequentially
read 1,2,3,4,5.6 t 7 t 8 t 9.0,1,2.The next co11J1l'ln shO'.J1d°
have printed the letter ·C"Dial the large black tnumbwheel switch
through its 12 positions and compare the numbers in the 4-digit numeri-
cal display with .the corresponding blue printed columns.They shQul.d
agree.
Next,.add up the column of figures.The total should agree with the
total CUMUL count within one or "two digits.
Solar Panel"
,._~•11 This means red to red and black to black.
-11-....
.(-.-to
Pri nted Ci rcui t
Card Name &
Location in P.C.
Card File Card Function
MEMORIES The memo~cards store valid fish counts after the -
electronic decision has been made if debris or fish •.
(Slot 1 &Slot Z)They drive the 4 digit liquid crystal display and the
(These 2 cards are printer.They have nothing to do with the cumulative._
identical)"counter display.----The 2 card_s are identical_and~in~r:-"''''::_~:
changeable.The memory card in -slot 1 -controls·the two "-
most significant digits of the display and printer fish
counts,i.e.,the two digits on the left.The memory
card in slot 3 controls the 2 least significant digits
of the display and printer fish counts.i.e .•the two
digits on the ri9.ht.
LOGIC
(Slot 5)
PRINTER
(Slot 7)
·0
The logic card controls the system repetition rate (or
"ping"rate).It controls the duration of the transmit
signal,the-11 simulated fish counts for test,the
automatic range extension dud-ng auto test,the count-
ing range,the dead range,the smolt Ys.fish function,_
the power to the receive~,all the L.E.D.functions,.
the 12 sector scan,the cumulative counter,the sounder
duration when fish are -detectect.and the temporary
memories which decide whether the echo detected.is_.fish
or debr.is.If debris,it-ls-erased;if fish.it-ii-·
routed to the previously mentioned pennanent memories
cards fo~storage and thsn"e&ased from this card.This
card also controls the 2 •4 and AlT beam'routing in .
conjunction with the beamwidth.switch.•
The printer card controls the printer time clock.the
printer command,the 12 print sequencing,the printer
sector I.D.number printed on the left of the printed
paper.the letters printed next to the left on the
_printed paper,the automatic self test timing,the
erasure or automatic clearing of the data after print,
the tape recorqer automatic power turn-on for 3.6
minutes after each print.and makes the decision
whether a very lIigh rate of counts is fish or debris
and if debris it tells the printer to print the sycl:ol
~+••
-12-
--
••7'"-":'
Printed Circuit·..
Card Name &".
Location in p.e.
card File Card Function
".
RECEIVER
{Slot 11)
CAUTION:
If this card is
changed,it will
be necessary to
readjust the
sensitivity
screwdri ver con-
trol on the front
panel as discussed
earlier in this
manual.
C'LIQUID C.RYSTAL
._:~.._DISPLAY CARD.
Located on front--
panel.
The receiver card contains the receiver which takes the-
Rrinute fish echos.amplifies them 23.000 times and if
the echo exceeds a predetermined threshold it triggers
a device which sends a signal to the temporary memory
card for subsequent -decision 'as to whether it was fish--
or debris.This card also-contains a-gV regulator to:-""
power the entire system.It also controls the batte~
and solar charge meter and provides T.V.G.which mea~s
time variable gain which causes fish echos detected far
away to be amplified at a greater factor than fish close
by since the echo decreases with distance in a log
manner.This card also contains the transmitter which
transmits a 515 k.Hz signal to the transducer.The card
also contains part of the circuitry to electronically
simulate fish in the first 11 sectors for automatic
.and manual test.The tape recorder power regul ator is
located on this card also..
This card contains a 4-digit liquid crystal display on .
the front panel.Ifi~becomes defective it may be
removed from the .ins ide·by removing .the two reta i n.i n9 ::.-
6-32 nuts·and replac;ng it with a spare display card.
If this done.be sure the two flat plugs tha·t are in-.
serted in its connector are firmly inserted in the new
card;~identical orientation.The display has an
.average life of about 7 years.It will be noticed that
in cold weather the display takes longer to change its
numbers.This is a normal characteristic ~f liquid
c~stal displays.~
\
•
;...-/
---,.....-
.._.-~
Most of the card functions are self-explanatory so that in the.event of
trouble.a card may be replaced.Since many of the card functions are
inter-related,a problem may sometimes not be definitely localized to a
specific card and more than one card may have to be interchanged to cure
the problem (one at a time)..
To change a printed circuit card,disconnect the battery and solar panel.
Remove the 6 screws holding the front panel and carefully lift the front
panel stra-ight up.It may then be turned and laid down.next to the
electronics.
C1DI'ICN:~ele::Ltouic::c:m:r::me..'"1tS"on the cards ·are suceot.i.ble to .iImed.i.atsd~...ructicn by static elec-~..-icity.'1bey SJ.~d never 1::e i-.arxiled L'"1 an offie
whel:e ca:q;:ets generate ~...atic_electricity.
,,
!...•...
•
-13-:-.J..J_
'W'"
•.
---
..
Replace the suspect card with a new one and retest.The system can be
operated in the open position so it will not be necessary to close the
system to test it,but be ve~careful not to short anything.
To remove a card.~pul1-up on't}'1e tWo card-ejectors.-::'10 replace '-a card;'-~'
press the card ffrmli~dowriand hook the combination black card ejectorl
inserter under the ridge of the card file and push the two blaCK interters
down.These will force the card into its sockets and may have tQ.alter-.~:~
na~:ly be_."rocked A until the card is firmly,·seated in~its socket.'-,.;.''""..,.-:~
-;.-,~..-,.-.-.,-~..'.-~--CAUTION:NEVER remove or replace-a card with power from the battery or
solar panel connected.
To replace the panel.reverse the r~moval procedure being careful not to
pinch any cables between the panel and the case.The 6 nuts are on sliding
plates and may have to be repositioned with a knife blade if they were
moved.
II"""""'
t"d"~.-1 ...-.
-'-
IV.SIDE SCAN ARTIFICAL SUBSTRATE
General Descriotion"
The array (Figure l~Z and 3)is made up of three l~foot iong sections of
tubes that plug togethe~with.an 18 inch overlap fonning a single tube.
--...Off shore and on shore sections terminate the assembly ends.A 1/4 inch
diameter wire rope runs through the assembly and is pinned to the off shore
cap.The on shore cap has a threaded shaft and handwheel which is used to
aroyide tension holding the array sl'!ctinns·together by tensioning the cable...ll
A1ig1Juent of the vortex shedding fins on ea,ch.sectipn i~.requi..~in order
to t:),revent oscillation or vibration of the array in fast currents.~...all.-.and tighte.'1.the 1/4"Dolts on the welded brackets..'nlese wi..!l·squea-Ze
the $lots together tnus.securing the pipes together.Y
-
NOT~:The bolts should be tightened with the pipe upside down from
the way it will lie on the river bottom.This wil1~p
straighten the pipe.
The off shore cap provides the wire rope termination,has a water check
valve used for blowing out and f10ating the array_mounts the off shore
cable attachment point and has a target attached for acoustic signal align-
ment.
The on shore cap has a Z inch diameter hole in the end which is used to
.stake the array in position on the shore.A second 2 inch hole may be .used "
11 Cable should be threaded on downstream side of bolts which hold sections
together.
2/1978 and 1979 arrays:tighten l/linch diameter bolts to 45 ft/1bs (second
bolt from target end -tight.en to 20 ftl1 bs only).If too loose.'the array
will bend-excessively.allowingCfiSh to escape under the beam.If tightene
to greater than 60 ft/~bS.-14-the bolts will break or the tube'deform.
,....
-.--~~--:
...
1--=.;~
to tie off the ar~ay for safety.A mount for the transducer is provided on
this cap.Both verical and horizontal adjustment of the transducer is
possible.A 1/2 inch diameter x 2 feet long bar is provided to use as a
lever for aligQing the transducer on the 1976 systems.The new'systems
have adj us tment -hand wheels.'"':'M:luntthe -transducer:in the upper ~·hcles of.:---..:.
it's~..=0._----~-
A traveler.attached to the cable swivel.rides on a bar preventing rotation
of the cable when -tightening._...-~..--..,,,~~.
-.NOTE:__The cable must 'PM as-'-tight-as ~possibl-e~to -preventarray-;~e--,.-7"!-~£:.
-~~.--'.~":"--'breakup in fast.tivers:-Hand ~f9hten only:---_._..
..
A 1/2 inch threaded plug is provided for an air hose to blowout and'float
the array prior to removal from the river bed.Netting is tied to the lower
vortex fin.lIB inch diameter holes s'paced at 1...1/2 inch intervals provide
net tie points.Holes are provided on both top and bottom fins as instal1a-
tion on tha opposite shore requires turning the array end for end and ro-
tating 180 •
.-
NOTE:It has been found by A.O.F.&G.that if no air is available,the
array may be rai sed by all owi ng the pi pe to -ti 1t down in the
direction of t~e water flow.The fairings act as ailerons and
wi"11 raise the pipe to -the surface.Conversely,when sinking
the array.the stake on the shore end should be attached yia a
·come-along-,to a tree and should-be tilted upstream a few .
degrees to help sink the array and hold itffrmlJf.on -the-.river .
bottom.
Assembly Procedure for 60 Foot Array
1.Layout the following parts on a reasonably level sur.face parallel
to the river bed in'the order listed.Leave 1 foot -space between~
parts.
1 each Off Shore Cap.
2 each 18-1/2 foot section with couplers attached.
,r •!
1 each 18-1/2 foot section without coupler.
1 each On Shore Cap (screw in tension screw handwheel all the way).
2.Attach swivel end of 1/4 inch cable (36-1/Z foot long)to eye on
threaded tension screw.
3.Feed opposite end of cable (with eye)through the 18-1/Z foot tube
sections.Cable-must pass through center hole in bulkheads (Z
placesb and on downstream side of 3/8"bolts.
--
-15-
.....-
....--._.:~
/'~
I ,f':.--
4.With the on shore cap transducer housing straight up~slip the first
18-1/2 foot section onto the shore cap (male),reduced diameter~align tr.
bolt holes andins'-...all 1/4 'inch clld££eter rolts.Ee sure 18-1/2 foX
section is facing in right direction.Fins go downstream ..l1
5.Install second-a.nd~third-sectionsin similar-manner.l!
~-_...-
NOTE:
Install end plate (With slot for pin)onto off shore cap.Cable should
project through cap center hole and extend out about 12 inches if all
couplings are se~ted.
-~-".~
If couplings hang up and do not seat the cable and .~----'
tension secrew can be used to pull-tnecouplings to.;;::..;.;I--~
.gether ..·However~·care must be taJcen ,to ali,gn the -.;;:::~~?j-,?
fins-during coupling insertiol'f'as 'turning the sections
after complete assembly may be difficult.
6.Insert cable eye through the off snore cap and install cap on 1ast
section.Insert bolt•.Target (curved projection)should be up.
.-7.--
8.Start to tight~n handwheel inside on shore cap until cable eye 'is.
aligned with slot in end plate.
,.
r~/.
9.Install pin through-eye and seat in slot of end plate.
10.Tighten ca~l~·hand·tight,using handwheel.All couplings should now be
fully seated.:,:-:___._-~:.."..-_.-_.._.'....-..-.._.......--.-~----_.......
'-1.'Install coupling bolts and cap nuts not previously installed.Tighten
to 20 ft/lbs'only;apply s11 icone..-.
12.
y-
13.
•..-=..:•.
Install end cap onto"end plate covering cable and pin using b(p'3/8
inch bolts.
"The array is now ready for placing "into ~he river.
---",
Array Installation Procedure
Installation of the array into "the river will vary from one location to
another dependent on local terrain and river conditions.-Primarily,
~urrent speed will determine whether the array can be floated and swung into
place from a paraller to the river position,see Figure 2A (slow currents
2-3 feet per second)or pushed into the river at right angles to the current
with the off shore end controlled by a cable,see Figure 2B,current of
4 to 7 feet per second.
11 Coat outside of reduced diameter portions with clear silicone to prevent
air 1 eaks.;4:1 so coat both ends of bolts.·
Y To prevent air leaks (when raising):
-1)Wrap all seams tightly with grey 28 pvc tape (this may require cutting
fins back 2-3 11 on each side of seam)..
2)Place 2 connected Sit hose clamps on each side of seam-and over tape.--
3)Tighten clamps being careful to keep clamp nuts to downstream side of
array and out of beam path'_1 6-
--'.--""-_.
./~~
1~'"\,-....
A judgement as to the best procedure must be made at"each site based on the
results of past experience.The following step~will apply to both methods.
1.Attach an appropriate shore cable 1/4 inch minimum diameter to up-
stream end of clamp provided on off shore -cap.l!·---"'!-~-:.~_r
Z.Attach opposite end of shore cable-to stake.tree or other available
attachment point.CAUTION NOTE:In 7 foot per second currents cable
~nsion of floatiag array will be as high as 850 pounds.-
3".Push the array,i nto"the Ti ver"wi th .transducer""nous~i ng 'fn -a "Vert;ca l-~~~ryo,;-:--;
position.(Vortex fins parallel to water flow.)Array must be positioned
with reasonable speed as water will leak into the numerous unsealed
joints allowing the array to sink in 5 to 10 minutes.The array will
have an initial positive buoyancy of about 900 pounds when floating.2/
----4.A 1-1/2 inch diameter steel stake should be ready to drive through the
on shore cap into the river bed during dep1oymentof the array.This
--stake must be long enough "to be driven securely into the rfver bed as
well as extend out of the water.See following page for new inshore en~"instructions.."""
5.Remove the 1/2 inch plug on top and the p1astic plug on the side to
permit .the pipe to sink quickly.
6.
7-•
The array when instalied sh"ould have at least 1/2 foot of water over
the transducer.
.Alignment of the transducer beam with the target mounted on the off
shore cap i$accomplished by separate horizontal and vertical adjust-
ment procedures,see Figures 18 and lC.-
.--
Horizontal .'...."-..""..
."
Loosen Knob AA-and the two ho·rizontal adjustment plate bolts.Install ad-
justment bar into horizontal .adjustment hole (do not loosen opposing side
knobs B and 0).Adjust beam by moving bar 'forward or aft as required.
~en correctly positioned tighten ,the horizontal adjustme~t plate bolts.
NOTE:This adjustment is a one-time adjustment and should not
require readjustment·until the transducer is replaced •
•Vertical
Loosen knobs A,B.C.and D.Install adjustment bar into vertical adjust-
ment hole.Adjust by moving bar forward and aft in slotted hole.When
adjusted tighten knobs A,B,C,and D.
11 Easier in and out movement of"array while ·in water can be accomplished by
~sing an inshore cable a1so.REMEMBER the longer the cable,the easier it
will be ~move the array in ~nd out.y If correct seal ing procedures are followed,the tube will not sink rapidly.
!,;
-17-
.....
;{,i±
..
._-..
'4)The 1 1/2-diameter stake should be repl aced wi th a 2-0.0.x 4 1 10ng
steel pipe thread on both ends which ac.ts as a "pivot point-.Pipe
IIT"'s are attached to both ends after-it is pushed through the ho1es
provided on the inshore end.Movement of the array inshore from cur-
rent pressure is prevented by placing a 4 x 4 or pole in the opening --.
below the transducer housing and butting it up aga-inst·the pivot ·pole;-:.~~.,;~•.;
Weights or stakes can then be used to hold the 4 x 40r pole in place
(see drawing)..
(?'-'
",-..
4.With the on shore cap transducer housing straight up.slip the first
18-1/2 foot section onto the shore cap (male).reduced diameter,align th
bo 1t holes and ins-...all 1/4 .inch dianeter 7=01 ts.se S\JJ:e 18-1/2 foot
section is facing in right direction.Fins go downstream.lI .-
5.Install second:andthird sections 'in-similar manner:"l1 --"_.
NOTE:If_couplings hang up and do not seat the cable and
tension secrew can be used to pull the couplings to~~~~;-~;
gether..However.,.care mUst 'ce ·~al(eri .to--align the.'"-~~H~~'
fins-during couplfnginsertion'-as -turning the sections
after complete assembly may be difficult.·.
.._~.Insert cable eye through the off shore cap and install cap on last
section.Insert bott.Target (curved projection)should be up.
7.
8.
Install end plate (with slot for pin)onto off shore cap.Cable should
project through cap center hole and extend out about 12 inches if all
couplings are se~ted.
Start to tigh~n handwheel inside on shore cap until cable eye'is
aligned with slot in end plate...
,"""""c·/.
,
'-
_\-
9.Install pin through eye and seat in slot of end plate.
10.Tighten cable hand tight.using handwheel.All couplings should now be
fully _s~ated~~'..•"'......... _ ___:__.._.':~..
1;.Install coupling bolts and cap nuts.not previously installed.Tighten
to 20 ft/lbs·only;apply silicone~'.-
.~.
£,
lZ.Install end cap onto"end plate covering cable and pin using two"3/8
inch bol~v·_
13.The array is now ready for placing"into ;the ri"ver.
Array Installation Procedure
Installation of the array into ·the river will vary from'one location to
another dependent on local terrain and river conditions.Primarily.
~urrent speed will determine whether the array can be floated and swung into
place from a paral1et to the river position,see Figure 2A (slow currents _
2-3 feet per second)or pushed into the river at right angles to the currenl:
with the off shore end controlled·by a cable.see Figure 2B.curren.t of
4 to 7 feet per second.
11 Coat outside of reduced diameter portions with clear silicone to prevent
-,a';r leaks.Also coat both ends of bolts."
2/To prevent air leaks (when raising):
1)Wrap all seams tightly with grey 2-pvc tape (this may require cutting
fins back 2-3-on each side of seam).
2)Place 2 connected 8"hose clamps on each side of seam-and over tape.-~
3)Tighten clamps being careful to keep clamp nuts to downstre~side of
array and out of beam path._l 6-
....
A judgement as to the best procedure must be made at"each site based on the
results of past experience.The following steps will apply to both methods •..,.
7~Alignment of the transducer beam with the target mounted·on the off
shore cap is accomplished by separate horizontal and vertical adjust-
ment procedures,.see Figures 18 and le.
1.Attach an appropriate shore cable 1/4 inch minimum diameter to up_·"
stream end of clamp provided ·on off shore cap.]j ...-,_.·~-..----..:.f
2.Attach opposite end of shore cable to stake.tree'or other available
attachment point.CAUTION NOTE:In 7 foot per second currents cable
tens;'on of float;Dg array win be as hi gh as 850 pounds...
-==,......3.-Pusht~e·aJ"ray.~into :the'river -with ·transducer~housing-in,'a:,:'vertical~.-#~'
position.(Vortex fins paranel to water flow.)Array must be positione
with reasonable speed as water win leak into the numerouS unsealed
joints al10w1ng the array to sink inS to 10 minutes.The array will
have an initial positive buoyancy of about 900 pounds when floating.21
4.·A 1-1/2 inch diameter steel stake should be ready to dri ve through the
on shore cap into the river bed during deployment of the array.This
stake must be long enough to be driven securely into the rfver bed as
well as extend out of the water;See following page for new inshore endinstructions...-_.
5.Remove the ill inch plug on top and the plastic plug on the side to
permit .the pipe to sink quickly.
6.The array when installed should have at least 1/2 foot of water over
the transducer-._-.Ir-/1t~•
.\.
.~
'-.
Hon zonta1 -
---...-..
.c~~
.-...
loosen Knob -AD and the two horizontal adjustment plate bolts.Install ad-
justment bar into horizontal adjustment hole (do not loosen opposing side
knobs Band 0).Adjust beam by moving bar'forward or aft as required •
.When correctly positioned tighten the horizontal adjustment plate bolts.
NOTE:This adjustment is a one-time adjustment and should not
require readjustment until the transducer is replaced •
•Vertical
..",-~.':--'.:'-
loosen knobs A,B.C,and D.Install adjustment bar into vertical adjust-
ment hole.Adjust by moving bar forward and aft in slotted hole.When
adjusted ti ghten knobs A,8,CI and O.
11 Easier in and outmovemen~of-array while 1n water can be accomplished by
.u~ing an inshore cable al so.-REMEMBER the longer the cab'e ,the easier it
W111 be to move the array in ~nd out.
~If correct sealing procedures are followed,the tube will not sink rapidly •
'--17-
!
j
,..
Arrav Removal Procedure
1.Blowout water in the array through the check.valve located in the
shore cap.This is done by removing theT/2 inch pipe plug located in'
the shore cap and replacing with an air hose.Air pressure applied
here (as from a diver's tank)will force water out the check valve
floating the array assembly.-
;''':
If no air ;s available,the alternate raising method described -_~_
_ -.....-_=_-"=-=--~----earlier-may be used,:.;.e~-,.allow the shore end-stake to ~tilt forward ....-c
(downstream)which will.raise -the array by -the aileron -acti 01"·of the ..
fins.
----....._--"-.._---
2.·The floating array can now be hauled ashore either by pulling straight
out or by pulling in the off shore cable.
Array Disassembly Procedure.See Figure lA,18 and Fioure 3
1.With the array on a reasonably level area-remove the end cap by unscrew
-ing the two 3/8 inch bolts.
2.Untighten (scr~in)the hand~heel inside the on shore cap.This will
loosen the tension cable and allow,removal of the pin on the off shore-
end plate.
3.Remove the end plate.
-.,..-
(
-.\._/
~\-\.-.._~
-._4
...
4.
.. ' - -0_-_.._..__....
Drive a stake through the 2 inch on shore cap hole into the grpund.
Also drive a second stake.into the ground about 10 feet from the
opposite end of the array.-.-Inst~'i come-Attach the "Y·cable.to the off shore capt-see Figure 3.
along between stake-and ·Y"cab'e.
6.,Remove through bolt of first section to be disassembled (any order is
OK).
5.
7.Pull apart with come-along.
8.Install 2 eye ~hort cable between sections pulled apart.See Figure 3.
9.Remove next ~~rough bolt an~pull apart next section.
10.Continue process until all sections are pulled apart.
General Caution Notes
..~
1.Before placing array in water inspect ch~ck valve operation.
..."-(--..',---
-18-
:~
-
_.
.-.
2.Cable must be tensioned before array deployment.
3.Do·not turn array votex fins into current in currents over 4 feet per
second.Excessive load may damage array.
4.Installation of a cable around the on shore caD to a stake uostream on
shore may be useful in a fast current river.---.
5.If corrosion prevents loosening of cable tension wheel on assembled --.
array I the off.shore cap,pin may-be dri ven ou~._!fter .remeva 1"of ·.the~·':-'.':'~
cap.thus releasing cable tension..
6.Handle exposed section ends with reasonable care to avoid nicks or
.tube distortion.
7.Be sure 1/2 inch diameter carrage bolt in coupling sections are ti9hten~~
to 45 ft.lbs.in order to eliminate coupling to tube clearance thus
preventing array sag.Never exceed 50 ft.lbs.
8.Transducer.The transducer,although reasonably rugged would be des-
troyed if dropped on a rock.Before us~.the radiating polyurethane
face should be washed with a detergent.preferably liquid detergent with
the liquid left on ttle face.This cleans off finger oils.Any ail or
grease will completely block the high frequency output ·and make the
transducer inoperative.In some rivers.a buildup of various fonmsof
·crud"may develop on the transducer face~~fter.:aweek or two,so a
quantity of liquid detergent should be.placec1~in the hand and the hand
quickly put under water to rub the face of the transducer.This should
be done whenever too much buildup of "junk"is felt or seen on the
transducer face.A moderate amount of detritus will not affect normal
operation.~:
-19-
3/8 11 BOLT,
"
,/
:1:
"
.'
.,
"I
"I"
,..._.
Flntln~lA
OFFSHORE CAP DETAIL
."
OFl!1 SHORE
CAP
OFF SHORE CABLE,.,'
RUN LOOP FROM'OFFSHORE CADLE AROUND END AS
SAFETY AGAINST ATTACUMENT STRESS (SEE ORAW1NG),lj
•• I ,,'
1'1,'
"I 0
, I
0'
r l I
,...
:.•,.J'
.
~.
•..'
.,
•
"(~
(',")
ACO\..iC._,-TARGET
PIN
«"CHECl<VALVE.PORT
"~
END CAP
",i
I I
"
,
:.
,I 'j
.,I
•'I i"
. I I , :I
•I 'I'....I...
I '.'..•.,I.~1/4'!WIRE 0 :r···•.
ROPE TENSION '1 "'~
CABLE END !...,I IVlI.tr 'L '.-, I •
EY ~,I 0 :'0 .,
.10:1 •I I 'I
o ..';
,"•0 i , '
I ','.'.
j ,,
I '
~'..~..
".
,
;i
3/8"o'l
BOLTS'
({i~""
v'~,
.~'
*
STAKE JlOLE
I,)
hi"
I
••..
I::\
,'II'j ,I
HANDWHEEL
I
,I
HORIZONTAL ADJUSTME:
BOLTS
ON SHORE CAP
_'KNOB'
":"'-ADJUST BAR HOLE
il Figure 18
!
.
I'"THREADED SHAFT~',
,"...'•,.J.
• • I ,
1/4"WIRE ROPE l.'ENSION CABLE
CABLE i
......t\NTl..TURN TRAVLER,
•:II
'THI~V eOL'T \-'.P1.6
I
",'.,..'
It.. I !"~tI •••I
• I ,I'.
I I .
-.~
I
I.'
•
I •,,'
.d-r'----'
, '.~~(='1,\~.)
I •..........'______..:-_-..'',, i
.' .I,'""
.I ,.'.',.,.'' , ,
I.' "! ...;~~VJiift'l'.Ct:AL
, .,,'.I',;,:'AD'' .
KNOB ,flBIi .;,.. . ' ''j:'".· '~U5TMENT_____...:l~...:.t ",,'.
I .,".,I I :.
"I'":'I " .I',"~.I .,:'.'
•I •I .',.,.I ,'~I'•~~~'·7;l......--..:..._--...1
.'' ,J'I,"I ~
I I .:'f !':"':r.
UYDROPHONE
r;"--~..('(.
ADJ~~£MENT BAR
•I
KNOB 1110 11 '.-..
ts.:·
~.,J.
.....~,
:
I I ,
1/1.11 PIPE PLUG I •I'I.'•, , I "
AIR HOSE '..,.t'
:O'NNECTION
I~•:,.,
c:>-
: I 1,',.
','I'
"
~a:-<
(,T''''
~
ARRAY
INSTALI...ED IN
lllVER
Figure 2
I ~.
I,
(J:>oC.
I I'
"--J
I
..
."
I I
'\
t
'I:-,'""~'I,
I I,
.STAl<E
7'/,
,.
..'
.
~-.~~"'t a ..
,"
•
ALTERNATE ARRAY DEPLOYMENT METHOD
,(SLO~CUl\llEN1~51'REAMS),', '
.'.
.:,
I I '0'
, •••I 0 i ..~. .
>,-•,'",~-~,-,-,-----
'-__I -......1 T~•
,.t,'I.POSSITIONED
~:::__~ARRAY'
----~--_.........,---
----RIVER -----..
-...,,
,I ,;"-,sl)'SSITIONEIT'
";.;y:ARRAY ....
STAKE
ARRAy
READY TO SW'nN'Q ','
OUT(FLOA ~~a)
~,.,
('I.,)STAKE
\,',.--....
.,',
~~//uv
CABLE ,
,...-.'."~-...'
.
f (-:~~
,.,I (.),",~,.·',",'L..,F '..,'.I ,..'.'..,/'t ~'y/"L::'6-L../'k I ~...._.',;"p-;L'r La 7 '~J
,.
,.............-.
OFF·SHORE
CAP'
I .
,It ...
..
•
.
STAKE
.DRIVEN
INTO
GROUND
()/"
i'd'
,j)
\LL
"
THRU BOLT
I.
l:>\SJ~S'$,e.lv\~LY
\
ON SHORE CAP-
"•
EXTRA TllRU BOLT
.....,~...")!
,
t l
",
or
"2 EYE SHORT CABLE
Al~'l.."Y
i
2ND JOINT TO BE P'QLLED APARD
i
'--THllU BOLT
;/.,4-'--.",'\0'
I""'I-~"""-'--~~~'....~=-:------
to.-'.
~---,-
I
.~'.'
I.
......r---,r T )
t./
'.".
I
•·'...:"
,!'
·• 0
.I,
··I·• I.,
1 1
~.I
"•
"
I')1 I
I •I 'j ,
••0 •,
I.j,.,
•:t • •o •
o 'I ,',I ' •
COME-.ALONG)t •.....!'Y ..CABI.,E
,.,.t-.";• . " ',
.,
.'
-','
.STAKE DRVEN.INTO
GROUND
,..
.'
I',..;,20":
;'S~C'.fiQN~,
I.
oI.
0,
1,.,
.I
,•••',t •.'.'
".•
I
o
"-'(").,'l ",
t!,
't'
t,,)
(,1.'
I .\,
t'i'",1 t!j \~'I I.
INITIALLY TIGHTE"KNOBS TO COMPRESS TIlE SflRHIGS
TO ADour 2/3 OF 'THEIR NO-TENSION LENGTH.BEFORE
ItISTAlliNG HI l4AfER.ADJUST TUE 3 Kt'OBS SO THAT
TRANSDUCER FACE IS PERPEUDICU~AR TO PIPE.
I
","
"
,'r,.')
)
......
"
160\1
;,
id.I,,ri··..
September 6.1970
~.
It !
111 I '
'.f
"SHO~~'~.:'I'
<;":t';,~",i'~:,;~I~
"
:,
':1.1
I,1,,1
,.·,:,'1'\;1 ,'"I r
CMLE
t"i'
.,.....(:1'1
(,
'~/
I
-I'
, I
(I)
~',
,j !I!·'
1I0RIZONTAL AOOUSTr1ENT
,,~.\.
""..(I'
.
tOl'E,Use upper three holes.
I
TlGUTEN lEFT KNOB AND LOOSEtl
RIGIIT KNOB SHtULTANEOUSLY
1 TURN FOR E"cn .I
l~FT.BEAM SHIFT TO
TilE LEFT AT 60 FT.AWAY
OR VICE VERSA TO SIUFT RIGIIT
.,
VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT
(TJ GHTEfl1 TURri CLOCKWISE FOR EACII
3/4 FOOT BEAH RISE AT 6Q FEET.AWAY)
OR VICE VERSA TO lOl~ER,BEAn
._---..........
APPENDIX II
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES-
Oscilloscope Operation
•
---...
,~.~(!
\....~-.--.'-
~,/
\
~.........-"""-
",
July 16.1979
A.Menin
OSCILLOSCOPE OPERATION
for the
SIDE SCAr-lNER
...~..=..=--------..'-._.---~------- - - -
..-..
•
-.
..
This manual describes how to use the oscilloscope in conjunction with the
side scanner.Although it.is specificially writte.n around the Tektronix model
323 nscope-t the same basic rules apply to virtually any model scope except
for the location of controls:
THEORY OF SCOPE OPERATION
The scope ;s basically a time variab)e voltmeter.A bright dot moves
acrOSS the screen at a constant rate from left to right.The speed at which
it moves is determined by the TIME/DIY control ~etting on the scope.At most
settings.the dot moves so quickly that it looks like a continuous horizontal
line to the human eye.
The VERTICAl INPUT of the scope (on the left side of scope);s the same
as the +&-input l~ads on a voltmeter except that a voltage connected to
VERTICAL.INPUT scope·connector wi"cause an upward vertical defl ection of .
_t~~movi n9 dot of ~i ght proporti ona'_t.o _the,.amount_of.vo 1tage a"t __the _input at -..::__
~---'-the point in time that the moving dot happens to be when tnat voltage is con-
nected.·~or example.if there is no voltage on the scope input for the first •.
---
~-half of the trace.you will see a straight line.If a +voltage is theft applied...
during the middle·of the trace (or sweep a,it is usually called),the bright
dot will go vertically up to the corresponding place on the scope's face as
detenmined by the VOlTS/DIV setting of the scope.Example:With a lV/DIY
setting,the dot would rise three divisions at the precise,instant in time
that you connected the +of a 6V battery to the scope·s VERTICAL INPUT with
the -of the battery connected to the scope ground.
TRIGGERING
~/
~..',-
-The bright dot on the screen requires an electrical voltage on the TRIGGER
1N·PUT of the scope (on the 1eft si de of scope)to start·the dot mov;"9 at the
n v"·;J.~u
-2-
~.'.rate (or 'speed)'set by the TIME/OIV control on the scope's front panel.This
(F'.'-~--:.trigger is 'required for each ·sweep·of the dot.At the instant in time that
a vol tage is appl ted to the TRIGGER INPUT of the scope ,the dot will start
moving from left to right.This provides synchronization of what you see on
..the screen with the side scanner.In the case of the side scanner,the TRIGGER
~_::I~PUT will be CQnnecte~to either XMZo~X}I\4°(or 1M ALT.i."the latest version
_...of the si de scanner)..Ea.ch time the side scanner transmits a "burst of sound-.
the transmittedvo1tage momentarily.appears'on the XM pin connector of the
side scanner.At this''instant in time,this voltage causes the dot to start
moving from left to right.Since you will have -the TIME/DIV set t02 ms..-
.(MILLISECONDS)for proper,~peration with the side scanner,this dot is now
..
moving across the screen at the rate of 2 milliseconds (2·thousanths of a-.
'second)per division.This of course ;s too fast for the human eye to follow
so it looks like a straight line to the eye.Sin.ce sound travels (in water)
<:.:.,_at about 5000 feet per second'-whiCh 'equals 5 feet -per milliseconds (l thous-
anth of a second).when the scope's VERTICAL INPUT is connected to the RCVR"'.-..
(rec~iver)pin "connector ,of the.side scanner.an echo (a vertical line).from
a fish {or other object).25 feet away from the transducer-would be seen as a
vertical Jine at 5 divisions from the left ~f the start of the sweep of the
bright dot.This 'is because )t took 5 milliseconds for the sound to travel "
the 25 feet to the "fish·and another 5 milliseconds for the necho·from the
fisb to return to the transducer for a total of 10 milliseconds round trip
.
travel time.Since the scope is set to 2 milliseconds per division.10 mi11i-
-'----
seconds would be 5 divisions.
To see the-metal target at the end of the pipe which is aboUt·'59 feet
away from the transducer.you should expect to see this target 23.6 milliseconds
from the face of the transducer (the start of the sweep)because at 5 feet per
•
/~.
•.!..•....
R"""-.•..
-'
-3-
milli.second.travel time.it will taken.S mil1iseconds for the sound to hit
.the metal target.~nd .anQther ".B milliseconds for the Mecho·to return to the
trans~uce~or a rou~~trip travel time of '1.8 +1'.S =23.6 milliseconds •
..Since the TIME/OIVI.SIO~of the -scope is set -to "2 MsecIDIVISION;that"would
be just beyond the l~d;~is;ons on the scope screen and would not be seen,'so
a fine va~iab'e adjustment knob located in the center of the TIME/DIV coarse
control .should_be.rotated a little counter clockwise so that the echo from
the metal target can.be seen on the scopels face.RotatinQ this small control
counterclockwise increases the time oer division to some amount areater than..
the 2 milliseconds Der division that the coarse control was set to.
SCOPE CONTROLS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS
1.POWER SWITCH;"OH (see fig.l)-CAUTION:Be sure to shut off power
.when scope is not being used since it draws much more power than the side
scanner andwou1d rapidly discharge.the battery.
2.POWER SOURCE SELECT SWITCH (see fig.2)-This is a small sl ide switch.
on the rear of the scope and shou1d be pushed down to the EXT DC position~wbich
"+means that the scope is being powered by an external 12V from the side scanner....
3.VOLTS/DIY.ROTARY CONTROL (see fig.])-'This switch maybe set ~s
desired for viewing the side scanner RCVR output.It should be set ~o either
lV or 2V.If it is set to 1V per division you may want to rotate the small
Ufine control"center-knob inside the coarse control VOLTS/DIY to reduce the
height of t~e vertical lines or fish echos to about 1 inch.
4.POSITION CONTROLS (see fig.1)-These 2 contro1s merely affect the
horizontal and vertical pos,itiDAof the scope di splay.You may want to set
the vertical position control so that the horizontal traee of t~e scope is I
little above the bottom of the screen and the first vertical line on the left
-4-
-..._....
:."...
"is about 1/4 inch inside of the screen.(This corresponds 'to the transmitted
----most-often mis-set control).
trace will "free run It •that is to say.it will never be synchronized with the
,~burst of sound or the transducer position).yr.
•...........•~• • •4 •
5.INPUT LEVER SWITCH (see fig.1)-This should be down (in the DC
p~~ition).__
;
6.TRIGGER LEVER SWITCH (see fig.1)-This important switch should be..
in one of th~2 b~ttom external tri9Qer positions.either AC or DC •.This switch
..':~..-:-:_..-..-..-...
is loca~e~,on the right s.ide of the'model 323 scope.
7.TRIGGER KNOB (see fig.1)-This'is probably the most important (and
•____'"0 _._...._............••____
Its function is to assure that the start of the
......",.--.--._---
sweep-of-thescope--picture exactly coincides with the instant the side scanner
".
transmi ts ;ts burst of sound.TM s wi 11 cause the transmi t burst vert i ca 1 1 ine
to be at the start of the sweep (the extreme left side of the t:race).If this
knob is rotated comDletelx clockwise or completely counterclockwise.'the scope
,-j#'-
I./r~.~"-transmit burst and therefore the transmit -burst vertical '1irie"o-1i the'·scope ·s-.-
""-....;,.
face may occur anywhere along the scope sweep.
8 •.TIME/DIV.ROTARY CONTROL (see fig.1)-This controls the speed at·.~...
which-the bright dot crosses the ~cr~en.FOT use with the side ·scanner.it
should be set to the 2 Ms (MILLISECONDS)position.
•
9.ATIEN.SLIDE SWITCH (see fig.-1)-This switch is '-ocated on the left
.;;..
i"""'"-.\
"'",-,.'
side of th~scope.Although it can be operated in either position,stable
triggering is a little easier to adjust if this slide switch is in the lOX
position•
.-10.FOCUS 'AND INTENSITY (see fig.1)-~hese two controls are located on
top of the scoPe.
The intensity control should be rotated fully clockwise for maximum bright-
ness of the trace.After adjusting the brightness.rotate the focus control
for the sharpest vertical lines.
--:..
-5-
:At -night )<=ou tr.ay -want"=to decrease the br.i-ghtness.If you do.refocus
the FOCUS control.
OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS TO SIDE SCANNER
1.EXT Do .~o.c.POWER (see fig.2)~This twin connection ;s located on the..
right side of scope.This should be connected to the mating connector labeled
-..-...
r .
"SCOPE-on the right side of the side scanner.CAUTION:This is the 12 volt
power connection to the scope and does not have reverse polarity protection.
If these l.eads ar:~.z:eversed •.the scope will burn out instantly.
2.EXT TRIG.(see fig.1)--This connector is located on the left side
;
of scope.It 'should be connected to either the 20 or 40 (or AlT.in 1980
model side scanner).This is to providetri9gering of the scope from the side
scanner.Use either one of the supplied connector cables.The black pin on
the connector cable ;s ground and may be connected to the gnd.pin of the
side scanner or left disconnected if you'Tike,s.ince the scope will be grounded-
anyway through the power connector...
3.VERT.INPUT~se,:fig.1)-This connector ;s a1so located on the
left side of the scope.It should be connected to the RCVR connector o~the
face of the side scanner using the suppl ied con"!ector corGI which is identi~al
'to the ext.trig._c0t:d__~~t:black pin is ground and need not be connected to
the side scanner ground since the scope is already grounded through the 12V
.
power cord.
This is the vertical input to the scope and causes the bt:i9ht moving dot-
of the scope to 90 up vertically when a voltage is present on the RCVR output
of the side scanner as it would be when a fish echo is prese~t.
OSCIlLOSCOPE AOJUSn~ENTS
1.After all three connectors are in place (trigger,vertical input and
external lZV power)turn on the scope power •.
2 0",
-6-
2.:"lurn the-brightness control fu11y clockwise .
..
3.Place the rear slide switch in the down (ext DC)position (Fig.2).
4.Place the ext.trig.switch on the left side of scope to the lOX _
"position...-.•..t.....•--
5•
."Jdown).
:.
6•..:'.
Place the input lever switch on the scope face to the "OC position
Place the trigger lever switch (on the right side of scope face)
down.to the EXT TRIG DC position.
7.Set the T~ME/DIY rotary switch to 2 InS.
8.Rotate the small center knob inside the TIME/DIY switch about:1/3 of
.
a revolution·counterc1oc"kwise from ;ts fully clockwi se"(detent}-position..
.."9.Set the VOL TS/D IV rotary swi tch to',volt.
10.Rotate the small center knob inside the VOLTS/DIY switch"about 1/3
of a revolution counterclockwise from its fully clockwise (detent)position~
11.Push in the 2 POSITION controls locatea on the bottom center of the"-~
.scope face.These 2 rotary controls·are also push-pull switches and should
always be Dushed in.
-...-~
i..,,'
'--
12.Rotate the trigger knob on the lower.right side of"scope face fully
counterclockwise to its d~tent position.·-This"wil1-cause the scope to operate
even without an external trigger so that you can adjust the two position con-
trols.
13.Rotate the vertical po~ition knob on the bottom center of the scope
until the trace on the screen is about 1 division from the bottom of the screen.
14.Rotate the horizontal position control on the lower center of the
scope fa~e until the trace starts about one division from the left side of the
scope screen.
The scope is now ready for final trigger adjustments •
-7-
.
.15.Put the side scanner beamwidth switch in the Z·position and connect
"the "EXT'TRIG~"cable "to the XM2°pin connector on the face of the scope •
.: ."Rotate the TRIGGER knob on the right side of scope face to about the·
10 0 '.clock pos,tiona Somewhere near this point.the scope should be triggering·
properly as evidenced by a stable vertical ·spike-being seen on the extreme
left (the beginning)of the scope trace.Now place the beamwidth switch on
"tne<sfde "scaririet-ttFthe Alternate "position.The scope trace should 100k the
same as it did in the 2°position meaning that you "are"stil1 triggering on1y
on 2°.If it looks different or seems to speed up or-get br;'ghter that means
•..
you are 51 ight1y misadjusted.If so.rota"te the TRIGGER knob a bit until the
scope picture doeS-not"change as you switch between the 2°t5 the ALT-positions
on the side scanners beamwidth switch.
Now put the EXT TRIG connector cord in the XM4°.connector {or the XM ALT.
/_~.J :.".~_~~e.:..l~?.q~m~~~l)·:""Wh~~:L~he,$jc:le scanner"beamwidth switch.;s in the ALT
"'\-,_position the trace on the·scope should..now be triggering twice as fast
(brighter)as in the ZO position since now you are alternately triggering -the
•scope twice as fast as you were.You are causing .the scope to alternately •
trigger on 2°•.4~.2~.4°etc.If you now move th~EXT TRIG.cable connector
back to theXM2°connector·you will see a change in the trace since it will
only be triggering on the 2°beam (half as often).
You should now see a stable vertical spike.about 1 inch high on the
left side of the trace"and ..you shou1d see the met~ltarget echo (about 1 inch
high)near -the'right side·oT the trace if you increase the tOUNTING RANGE con-
trol on the side scanner to bey~~.60 feet.To operate the side scanner
nonnally.you should ~ow reduce the ,COUNTING RANGE control slow1y until it
just ceases to count the target (on sector 12)and then reduce it about one
foot more Tor safety.
..
PACE of .ScoPE
6Clau
lOW ...n
.VOLTSJDIY---
o ••
.01 ~~.....:-1 0 "0$'-'0 -£...
TYPE 324 OSCILLOSCOPE "'~.I:,,'tT"e:KT"RONIX7"Ott.,.o.;JA~""
....'-
!""""
./'
r~\.
I .,~
"LOCflT£lJ ttJl'J LEFT )£XT TAIG 011 WO)l4 EXt VI""IN""c..~Otn C....-•1.A..1t ..
SJD/i·t)P.SCOpe-..~..'~0 ~0 I@.
"->--...........-.
Figure II ...l.-Oscilloscope controls.~ony Tektronix type.324 oscilloscope.
-,-_.f7JT WI>S~JO£SW J TCf{
,":'*1il-D{NIA"(E.XT-J)c)POs,lrJ()N
"..---,.'------"-_.._-----"--_.-
•
-.-~-
..
--.....-
.--=-
Figure II-2.Oscilloscope adjustments.Sony Tektronix type 324 oscilloscope.
.'FIG'~.
A.Menin -T.Namtvedt,6-18-79
Table II-l.TYPICAL SIDE SCANNER OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS FOR VARIOUS
TRANSDUCER AIMING CONDITIONS
-.-...
FIGURE #
II-3.
11-4.
II-5.
II-6.
II-7.
II-8.
II-9.
<~II-1O.
",,-II-l1.
II-12.
II-13.
CONDITION
PROPER VERTICAL AIMING.2°
PROPER VERTICAL AIMING.ALT.BUT SCOPE TRIG.ON 4°
PROPER VERTICAL AIMING.ALT.BUT SCOPE TRIG.ON 2°
IMPROPER VERTICAL AIMING.(AIMED TOO LOW)
IMPROPER VERTICAL AIMING.(AIMED TOO HIGH).2°
IMPROPER VERTICAL AIMING.(AIMED TOO HIGH).4°
IMPROPER HORIZONTAL AIMING.(AIMED TOO FAR DOWNSTREAM)
PROPER HORIZONTAL AIMING.
IMPROPER VERTICAL AIMING.(TOO LOW AND BOUNCING OFF SUBSTRATE
ECHOS FROM BOAT WAKE
IMPROPER VERTICAL AIMING IN SHALLOW WATER
•
..
-...
.~
~~
...~-..\t)..
"()
'0
.
(I')
I--
....
..-.
t .-:..
.i .-
-"I:"
z~·.
.--...~~..J.-~~~\0 ...
•~rr ..-~~e.::~-~~~~.~.w.._~.~!::..-~..\ft ~.-.~....~
J....~~....~~-.
Vl
..
·...·.
...
ro;..
..
.
f::::s
/
~,-
~~I
"G:-..".
t,41'..•••••,•
I
/~:)..
'J'
II ••.:
"
I
:
RfJNGE ClJNTRc'L dN
,SID€"scANAlE1l SET'TO
Ju~r EE'Yd{O 7JlNGET,
(58::.7'./2 WILL 'ccd(F)
I 'I
I
I
\1 I
01
"
'J.•,
.,'
'1,
.~'.'..
/i'.I I ,
'...'
I,
I.,
,
•I.,,I:,
,')"
,',."r',
••. .jJ""\ "I,"(""'~I I
•I.~.'\I 'I""\,('>,.,__J.e t "/\
OS elL t...,o S CL ':;:$c((EEtI'1\!
I 'I.j •I
t J II".111 •........d _...'t ...II ....•i
.BIlI&-Hn '.''',tI
t #fI:i0.(-:-:,e:,,~~~~/;.~~I'I~~~I 7111~fl/
.E'CI/fJ.~\.."."I',;f,I I 'I (
/JilT VIJ/I.'f/llG-IN lie/61fT':~
.,
,71I1i$E'IfEfLECn~NS F/i,1'1 f,fe
(JJ!1::/lRcf)/(.(2'8£An
MUS ~8G"CLEJI'::II T71"~':!)~
I ST HAL':!J,rJ!T 8~C'LEA,w., '
EXCEl'r1M ~L S/).;
• "_.•__I __At 0 r I 1,1 'I I..'
,;'
"
.,
,.
,.,
..
•
",
"•;I"
I I ,
"':,.;I'~i'
t '·II'.:.I'~..f~:'a:.
•l··'··1~/·1",,~,.r
I ,',,.:,•
of ',}'l .'~1 ,',''
I"I,, • '
• •I'•\".,'.
\I!·t.••·,0 '.,,.'.'.
~
&.I 1 ,,..,,~''f"'\.•I',
o '__)''.."
\0 ,,0'
..1 0 r "'..."'.
l\:J
1--\
It,•
•I'
,....,
I-.~
f:.·}C:/'·'· "E.!::fi'):...
:<')
•'\/'
0
."I.l'f,,~
I
I ,
,~/;.
;,t'.'.I,..I,• ....1 ..I I
I I,'I."".'',...
••'I". • ,
,I f<I1}/6:€bJ ,rJ"T1?tJL .()~
.5/0E S'cl'1l\1A1EA'SET
tlUST ~€YaNO T711i'~. , I I
.''.(s~c~/2 WII./..CdCJ1ry
I
i ~I
,
".,'
,.1"."',..•t
,.....;-EiJO of LJjT.dh'IN<:-]it/£'
••\•I,•'..'./• ,..
::
'i
I •"
i \r 1.......'.
'.~j'''"~~l \.I .'•,!.{
0$elL L o.s C(\.>liE :sctfc~tI
fffofe/?1-'1 f)1!'1EDmlJiv~DUC£if
VlHEN 113E71t1WJDT/I sl1JlrCf/15 S£T77J
.,I ,'
ill "-",'.'•'..,.0
I1L7:fI1.NAlE'BUT SciJ!,'f.TI?!6(;E//4£f)Ftfl)/'f X/1 2
.'1 ••I
I ~"
.-...................P,....:"1 ?t..
~•,."I •
,'I "t3n I6-Hrr '. .
,'I 4'srfl4Nc;..I
1 •™tfen..·.//
'.EdlCJ.,~~
,.liff,yll~y/"G-lliHEI(i/r.-;;,.~
o ..,.
/I ~•\"t
,tt.''..';.
,'/'".:
•••','~.of •••..'•'t•h:'~.,''..~•,.;
'.
j',!iMIJLL "Sf'i(E!;"•,·i .
ftl'.E'.dlr ~0 1~'.."
• • I "",
t If .f
.'.':'j
,0
.
• I
..
I
..
,.
.f.I
, •.'I.'" I "
Figure .U ...S.
••
lo-"
Co)'1
1',,
......-~---~~-.~
I :
..\,I.
"•0'·.~·..
"I;
o •o'o •
o •
'",..'...-~----
•0 .....;•••--~Lo~~~--:--
...'-'..n ~--- -...-.1/1.~'J3L.'~-f)'o_f!)'.....:;.~.:i .C.-0£1111 ...1~...._----:1'"_. .":"',II,=,......Ii·,;.•......".'0 •U \'
l~\~.~
I 6 0 '$iJSJlifliri-.~-;;:--I i ~.__•\•
•."
.','SeCTS,9 If)II.J.ia WILL.~\.::/I '/1 "I,.
'1 I
"\
~'"
1'1
. I ('
"
..I I ~
/
,'.':r'...~.•
_.
•.I I I
,
i ;.1
.j
j
,
, I ,
•
....
f ...I •. •.'t._""
.','I OS CIL L!O S ''='''i,'~~\1'scif€E,/Y .\','.;~"i :>,'i')i •
"..I .,..Nt ._'_Al"-.-.~0'•-,d,:.":.0'.fN!JlfllfTI!N/M:;7(IJE"5('1fft.
, . "l3 1'-fIT'.'.,).'.,I "I'Ji •..".,,.,(('""I I'..'.• . , ,,,'-\'I
l!.'S TtrqtJ~"
• ,77M)(}';.I:.)'"l!l:Hq ~,/?/l N6-1£Cd Nm~L.~
~'n SIP/£".rCl1#lVm 5Ei7
2°.E'CI/OS F/(V)filE~J f·'11 I '·1-JuS(IJEYaNO 77ltf6-E-
"~~i,,
•
•
i)
,
1\.')
1--01•
,OJ
,,,...
2 !!'-~~, , .
I
...,...,
r~,.,
Fj~ur.1'106.l/'1f/?ofEIILY (-J/t1£DTtff}N51J.~t;.£1?WHEN I3FAI1WID77I
........I I',•••D
SWITCH /s ,SE'r'7f;·2°et scof£:'/~TIlJ&&:EAt?EIJRrtJl1 ~1'12~
..--.,', •.I . ...
NtJTE"TJI;tTBElJI1 /5Itl/vJtffJ.ro,()~OVl;CAU5ING-£CJ!05.·,TlJ IJ£.
.tfE:TV;fIJEJ)J'l1IJf/L./isr ~~F50/)$.T~/fri;II1(JEllrCC17i1f1S.J=veN
'1HOU(;/f T/tA6ffe.CHo /7 Jr!?pll/c;l~s)/fVIIJ/.Yltl HE/61fT:
••• •- I •'.......
o t,
..'.:'~1
.
~.
",r;__14__
..
..•
~...,IIoo
F
""'-,-
".!l\;.,'"'.'-l
,'.
•..,.
,'.
I ••"'-.',.,'..,.~.~
" '..: . .--e~\'.'•':"l'o.~eJL L.'O S Cc.(Ji pCI{t:£N '/'",..,,~~~qN;~l1f!,1 i~:71if,f(l1
...••• •_,r I.,..1M'•.,I •II •.,..£ ,/'",.,•
,~'"-,'i "!
"S17fbtJ6-"+-1M6t:r EcII(j~~':."::'':',:,:'l,,:I~J ~,:,"i·I J i.'\,/..
./ItT(VtJA»~~IN I/FlG-IIr:'~'",i ,ff1J1f6J£(()NTn"OI.·St:
!3/{/(;.-H r ~tJ n.f.'.t·"TO J U$/hEYON/),,17Itf6i.
'8ur dN 2'r"R~1!t//fJ ,~,;.~£tr /2 '1.I!:..L Cl>IJIff v/.II£IV-
.WILl.gE 'lAvJlll$IIfff M/ffll'r "~8rMW/Dffl fWJ7rf!If 11/l'
~WIL.L VI)l?y IN 11£16117;.,',,~(oJ/rtaN.S'ECr IZI1I1Y CaVA
, I (Sa.'F~t:.s)~.Ii ./~.'":.r.J,'m SWIrrt/IN Fofl IlltT
',.\..:~~fo 51 nON,)!),
,'.4·.I •,
~,.....,"
I 'I '•(. I •"I ,;1 ,•
•t•,
'..
','
),
~.
.........
I II,...'4 *,.11
..J'.~
....,"
(....'
~.,,:
.•,£,,'
.Figure 11-8 •.'lt1fIfOfEltLY AII'1Ei"/)711/)/'1>()IJ.cEl?,ptlJt/IIIIPnl.5/fJlltl/15 5£7
•',II •••
..:-.--0 seD!'£'/$TlfIG,llttfIJD·:fAIIJ X£1-:t~,
.TO /leI:~tf 1-J~'1I~7K rlllrr IJEl/I1 IS it/liED "llJ()11/61(.AL77!fJuG-I/A .. ,,.,
TIIG"j1-°BCliI1 5r>I-IP).llflr.r.rIfe-1lJt!~a;-r/lF 2"8mtf d()5rlfJtf£
HII5,ilM?Er (s€i:p/6;'S fb'·~"scofE"WIlvnt:/iI1)....·..
FISH'/11;1 ~e-l'iI5$£~,~::f "\I I "',::,';,
"'
.'.\I .-----
...,I,.........'--.-"
"..II ,<~.-.-.I -.-.-.•
•,:'I,...___.-.-..I.•
1...'~·;~'·l[-rI-:i 2-lJ~h''..~..;,;-:.
N'.;--.0;;:;-:-- -.'!I _;;;9 ---.--..-..~.i •.
(
''.f:.:,,!:I ':.;,'~.','"~.'.~-...,~--~-..-.---••Q •••••I •I!-~........._
•.1 ..•
.':&0 '$tJS.17ifIJ7J5:~~i 0 ;,'I'...:~:;':I,..::.;
iJ .I •'"."._...•...••,~~_!...."..l.'
..--~----:--------'--...-
'-.\.-,-/
.
0\
I........
-LL..2 lJ.
"
Z·O£I
--
--)f-:-rAil GE"'.
.,
,,
'"
"
o'
•.i'-.".
.....---.........
I j
\.',
:.i":i
·1 .'.
,~'t-
o ;
'\,.
.~.'1
,':.:"
••• I
:'..,\--~~.--,---
I
•
-..--.,.- -.._.'_..I
~-~,-,..--..-....~.",-._~--------'\'"',!-
,
,...\J '"r-'J'",I,'.',.,I"'05CILL(jSCQr,~(')RtrE7J !.;.£110 Of C/5m1IN(l<'l::sfl1r£
;,'"/",..'.'I'II",J /.\,..'.'..'1 '..~.•' :',',.III I:"'1
, ,TTJI'q!<r «I«().~,:'r . ,f.,t1NGf"Cf)/IJ7fioL 5lf't·
.!JtJr IIJJif'ltI~IN '.'~'.I'•
','HI!It:-Ifr:...\~....JO >.T BEXoND,VI/It~E
I'Iu1D1i RHOS F1HI JAg",.,.'I'I .i'r"""t I',V ...."
IIAi.F dNltJl S£1illI'H l',:,.,,\S6ft:'I.'2 oiI~'1 WILl.tfJ;;'i.':{
IR All,NOP£ollftfffi 0,::,''•l.,,~,.I.'.;.,I .':;'l-
IN ~!1(){)£-,"'"I,ll'" .'~,."/,"/".~."I "J,,.'.
I :'I ,,,',I I ".'1111l11111~..(I"~.I •I ,.
,/,"
) /••0 .""
,,
"..
~,"
"'.
...--.........
,.
•
.........-,-.-----
,
I ":,
':I •
,..,-
•I . /,,'.'"fl~ure I1-1o.f(?Of~L.~1I1f1£0'rlflliJ51uCt:I?;;~f.'.
Tfl~Nsf)(/CC1f 8E"lJl1v1lPTlI,~WIICII IS:'S£T,Tb /ILl:
SCbftE 1$TI1/~tfAE/)F/(PI1.0/'11~';..'"
.(II 550/")/#6-rlfl?nCll;L IfI;"~I'Itr ()j.:7Mtll[)tJCEI?J~;cUJi.,/g;).
....1 ~I,.,.'•I 1 Q •
•.,411"I'",
••••.:I
I
60 sU8smlr,c~.
.,~
•
.$'.._d ••
•
'to ,..I.,
e"
1 .~
...FI (;"..f,"),
.....
-.-..-..
..
I
I
r -4 --J....-
\(.
.
\
....u..
-..
..
.\.
...'-...::....\-',.
-
.
,.9
"..-..
•
",''--'"'~--"V V',I,JYo//"
I',,i (-:2't''..:',',;::',-G'HP t3F /.:157i"i_)s 1I11f f/;:";~",'."l"',O'~CIL'L 0 S 'C~.\t,'$c/fltE:tY : :l '."\,',.1/1•,..~~.I "",)if ,.',.:)'/I I
.\~.".'r;~5 ff{)/1I/1VftfMFI{r~:;"VI ,~~ItNG£CtJlir(?~L S€I
I ,.:1",~,",',';',"','i't'",I ,,',l",,'.I,:I,::.'/"~~'':,'\J ~r 8£Y~IVO(m&;sl,
.'\.."'~, .I,,'·r,\\'I
II!t""I .','":'"\..-I Ii-'ll',1 ~,,',t,'...~,t.,,,.,"';.,f4 ,!..,,;,.Jd(,J~'~·';'.'.","~~1:.""PA,AJ1.M.tJLV '(j)(}JVr iJlVttl:!'l,~:'',..,',~•~/11-I'-WJ"'/.,I I '
·/N.'..'...;:i ~:.:,'S~TS /0;,Jl f J~').,
.", ,,",• .I ,I "'\I .I'11.." . "\.I '.,,,rio ."'l "',I 'I •,J''~I ', .'".."'I I I ',I ,
','•,. I ,',~,•J Ii''I ,", .I
,I"•:'.'~I'...'' _I ..
•t , •I '' ,I' ,,,',;:':'I I \I
'.,'"."'1111111 I·I I'"""',"r'•\I I-:'".,:.'..f .," . . ,f 11.I .j ,,'\•.'~•
\'.If,";.\',,J I j"\I ""il ...;/'....I ••••~~•.;.ill
I'"'"
,,.'...'..'\'I',."
Figure Il-lffi~fEl/LJ lr/tffSY71i19!'/5Dtk:E;f;i'13t/J11W/J)TII 5WITC#~£T T/J.2.
I ' ,I '.'It/'lffC()jJ;:TAA~~EiMEJjr;r~l1i E.D /:/.11"7;;'W!J7Etf I'7(;0 fll/JLLtJl-1J
'':"r't--,..,.
EVEN (()~E.(J BM/v1 wHiCH /5 (IJOx.et,l?~~~!COUN77Ne:-tS'1l~6.E o:W~/P!£SC()#IVE',f WPUJ.../)tI/tVZ:70 J~/(EI:Vo/0 10 /}(3()ur.sO 7lJ ~eYc.
SUI/FI1CF ,cCl/a.$.mel-}CtJtJIV77N6;.,71tIlGtr·JV/l,L {}£olJ5<:;.v!f£D.,.'
eY.sU/fF/lCE:l::CI!t?!;,..'!.~:\:.I'i ;-.'!!IlJEj~:U,fF.IJ~£~~
..'\"~.,--.....,--.
I "~',~b'~.,~~OC';,Q M AAIL"!i ;c-r.x;;;t,.I "-I.V(.V I r.;I ~.=:..=.:I,-'!!.,....t--~-........_.-."...._..r-..._._-. _1 1 .1.,.._ " •t ,.:,«I ,~'-'-.'I'
,J:J.·~..,~·..•".6 0 ~$U.8Jrtfllnf ~.:.','.r
~:)
""CJ.I
-
,
-,-,
I,
-_/
APPENDIX III
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Fishwhee1 Operation
Design
A schematic of the type of fishwhee1 to be de~loyed on the-
Su/Hydro program is shown in Figure 111-1.The axle is adjustab1et~
accomo~atewater depths ranging from seven (7)to four _(4)-feet:the
axle turns on nylon piJ10w blocks.The pillow blocks are designed to-
allow friction adjustments therein providing a breaking mechanism.__
Native spruce poles form the baskets and paddles.Basket web or netting
is rubber coated fencing material.Floatation is provided by styrofoam
l~gs shielded by plywood.The wheel is equipped with a plywood livebox
whjch is collared between the two (2)offshore floatation logs.A fish
sampl ing platform spans the two (2)outside floats on the-downstream
side of the livebox.The fishwheel is anchored by a cable or rORe .
bridle anchored to a deadman upstream of the fishwhee1.The wheel is
kept offshore by a boom log arrangement as shown in Figure 1II-2.
Lead Weir
The purpose of positioning the livebox on.the offshore side
of the fishwheel is'to allow placement of a weir on the inshore side
between the bank and the near shore float.A sketch of the weir is
presented in Figure III..3.The weir is comprised of several willow or
-alder panne1s cpntoured to the stream bed.The pannels are held in
place by the downstream boom log and on the bottom.by the stream bed.
The latter is accomplished by sliding the weir pannels into the water at
an upstream angle to the riverbed.The weir is a critical component of
-the fishwheel.An improperly installed or incomplete weir will allow
bank migrant fish to pass inshore of the wheel-thus reducing catch.
Debris Deflection
At a few fishwheel sites it will be necessary to install a
dellris lead.A deflector which is reasonably efficient in channeling
deoris past a fishwhee1 is illustrated in Figure III-4.
Operation
The fishwheels are designed to operate at 2.5 revolutions per
minute (rpm).Under no circumstances should a fishwheelbe operated at-
a speed greater than 3.5 rpm.The preferred speed is 2.5 rpm with a
range between 2.0 and 3.0 rpm.For maximum catch efficiency.fishwheel
baskets should be adjusted to scoop within six (6)inches of the bottom •
...Anything more than six (6)inches will reduce catch efficiency.
•
"...
.j,t.r,
('
\
',.,.
(
....
Maintenance
Lead weirs should be inspected to insure they are functioning
once every (3)days.Debris cleaning should be performed as often as
necessary but at,least once every day.Inspection must be made twice
daily for wear,broken components and loose riggings.Appropriate re-
pairs are to be effected at first indication of a problem.Fishwheel
basket depth'should be monitored twice daily and appropriately adjusted .
•
l
l
.j
j
j
j
j
.-.--j
j
j
j
j
"i'
-,~
,'!'
~lIJ_..,~/,.
.~
~~
Lu
oU
t:
i
t
I')....
~.-r---
I
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
.
N
I---
-V')•.-......
tl.··
It
l
I
I
I
\
?vn ...~.'.;._.I
~
\...
1:
'1:
~~l::~
~
~-..
'i.....,
"
L £.;9./)we.I~
(IJ./lsr.e£A,.,)
""'£1.4,J
.DCBR,IS .
DE 1=L E.c.'ToR..
(ro'"VIEW)
Figure III-3.
;Ii
Do",.L~A.J.J f ~.
Ij
J
H~O Jc,.~t'"rp#wcr
t 1.1 .
ZJ'l/S IDE .
,:Ie&&
F i,"/I .,...
/r-r'/If
II l
."",/
1/"
i
I
.I l
",I
I t I~!
,;
I "•
I
J I
;
I I I II !I"
"
II,"• I I
~
,;i:.
I '"~~
......!I - I
.,...>l.:.J II •i'-,
~"I
I
I ....:.....f---.v"",..../",,,_.
~/'~7:~II ,
'=A ...s.1""""c..("
'j '"J oio~,..
t\
""-S,..c,#:)
,,I
J /'''J "I "'t-.""--&""'r".~1\
100.""
S7-A!!c:-A J!Iy ....\0.,.......,J ...."-",
--
~~--~"""....1
"""'to-.
-"'8"cb
~/
""~..,/~~......JI'-.....,1 .~l-
~_.--~....--_."..
:/..
~/
-Fi-gure rU-4'.
J.,
....
•
...
....
APPENDIX IV
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Fish Tagging (ADF&G,1976)
Development of Marking of Fish
A mark can be defined as a brand,label,seal or tag which
_tden:titi.~L~n object to show the maker or owner.Early tagginq of fish
_______was begun_by land owners along streams who were interested in conserving
---salmon and trout runs.Charles Atking tagged Atlantic salmon in 1873 in
Maine l s Penobscot River and several recoveries were noted in following
years.T.W.Fulton of Scotland (1893)and C.G.J.Petersen of Denmark
{1894l both used numbered buttons or disks on plaice (flatfish)and
other fish species in the Atlantic Ocean.The Petersen disk has been
one of th_emost·successful types of tags and most widely used over-the
years.--
Exact figures on the rate of development of tagging are hard
to accumulate,but there are estimates that by 1910 about 100,000 fish
had been marked with tags.By 1936,the total was around 600,000 marked
fish.Presently many millions of fish (also molluscs,crustacea and sea
mammals)are being tagged every year for the purpose of studying popu-
lation dynamics,-ar:1d__.migrations.
-~
Ideal Fish Marks
Information on what constitutes an ideal fish mark,the types
·of marks,purposes of tagging and methods of tagging and.recovery are
spread through the fisheries literature.,
Arnold (1966)suggested the following criteria for an ideal
fish mark.
1.It should be retained essentially unaltered for life of
fish regardless of the age at which applied.
2.It should have absolutely no effect of fish1s behavior,
reproductions,life-span,growth,feeding,movement,
vulnerability to predation,angling or other external
factors.
3.It should not tangle in vegetation or nets of any kind.
4.It should be inexpensive and easily manufactured .
.5.It should be usable on any size fish without significant
alteration..
...
6.It should not be found in nature nor should it be possible
to confuse it with any other mark,natural or artificial.
7.It should be easily applied to fish in the field without
the need for an anesthetic.
8.It should be easily detected in the field by untrained
personnel or the public.
9.If the marked fish is preserved as a scientific specimen,
or for later examination,the mark should not be affected
by the preservation.
10.There should be enough possible variations of the mark
so that many individuals or many small groups can be
identified separately.
11.The marking substance should not present any health
or safety hazard to the biologist,fish,or the public.
12.The mark should not cause adverse public relations by
spoil ingedi bl e parts of the fish.
Obviously,no one mark satisfies all the above listed require-
~"ments and it generally only satisfies a few of them.One of the critical
.problems of a research project is to decide on the best mark for the
particular circumstances.
Both Floy and Peterson disc tags have been utilized in the
,~"'Susitna River drainage in the-past and will be used to tag fisll at the
Sunshine,Talkeetna and Curry tag recapture sites.
Peterson Disc Tags
One (l)inch diameter,sequentially numbered Peterson disc
tags will be utilized at the Curry site.The color code will be inter-
national orange.
Tagging procedures will be reviewed in the field as it is
difficult to explain without having tags and a fish in hand.Generally,
the following steps are followed:
1.Hold prepared tag (pin,disc,and numbered tag)with
pliers and insert through the cartilage immediately under
the dorsal fin.
2.Place a blank tag on the pin and cut off all but 3/8 inch
of the pin with a cuttjng pliers.
i'OO 02
•
"....
-rl.j
3.Twist remalnlng pin in an inward and rO.ll ing motion so
that the pin lies flat against the disc and forms a loop.
Here are a couple suggestions that will help:
1.Use a sharpening stone to make a sharp point on the
.tagging pins.This can be done ahead of time and will
make penetration easier.
2.Prepare tags prior to making fishwhee1 checks.Assemble
tags in sequential order and stick them in a piece of
styrofoam:pin~clear buffer disc.tag.
F10y Tags
Sequentia,lly numbered FT-4 F10y tags will be util ized at
the Sunshine and Talkeetna sites.Color code for the Sunshine site will
be international orange and yellow for the Talkeetna Site.
Tagging procedures will be demonstrated in the field;generally
the following steps are followed:
1.Slide tag over barbed end of tagging needle.Run the
needle completely through the fish in the anterior carti-
lage immediately below the dorsal fin.
2.Disconnect tube from the needle and tie~off with overhand
knot.
Several suggestions are:
1.Keep two (2)or three (3)tagging needles available in
the event of a loss.
2.Use a sharpening stone to maintain a sharp point on the
tagging needle.This can be done-ahead of time.making
tagg,ing ea~ier.
3.Prepare tags prior to making fishwheel checks.Assemble
tags in sequential order on a board and tape them in
place~thus allowing them to be withdrawn easily.
•
.
"
B.RESIDENT AND ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES -
..~-~..-.
•
..
"
Figure IV-l.FDM-68 TAGGING GUNS AND ANCHOR TAGS ..
(actuaZ size)
MODIFIED GUN INSERTS TAG UP TO 1-1/8 INCH
THE FDM-68 MODIFIED GUN HAS PROVED TO BE VERY EFFICIENT IN TAGGING
VERY SMALL FISH AS WELL AS LARGE FISH.THE LONGER NEEDLE MAKES IT
POSSIBLE TO INSERT A TAG INTO A SMALL BODIED FISH AT THE DESIRED
ANGLE.THIS ALLOWS THE TUBING BEARING LEGEND AND NUMBER TO IIFLOW"
ALONGSIDE THE FISH"S BODY AS IT SWIMS.THIS PLACEMENT OF THE TAG
IS NOT AS POSSIBLE WITH A SHORT GUN.THE REGULAR NEEDLE IS .085 QD.fr-THE HEAVY DUTY NEEDLE (RECOMMENDED FOR FISH 10 POUNDS AND UP)IS
..,.096 OD •.THE LIGHT NEEDLE IS .073 OD.
',,---,,:
•
...
FDM-58 Tagging Guns and Anchor Taas
Operating Instructions
Loading Gun
1.Place gun in left hand with forefinger through the trigger ring.
2.Hold tag clip between the thumb and index finger of the right hand
with the extension of the "runner"(the bar holding the tags)
toward the 'gun..
3.Insert the runner into the feed slot of the gun.Press the runer
down until the first tag engages the feed mechanism.=~-:=.::~
Suggested Tagging Procedure
1.A clip of blank tags is provided for practice tagging._.._
2.Make certain the fish is held FIRMLY or anesthetized when-being
tagged.A squinning fish"may bend the needle.
3.Insert needle on the left side of the fish forcino it forward
through the dorsal rays and toward the anterior of the dorsal.This
placement will lock the liT-bar"finnly behind the interneural rays.
4.Once the needle has been inserted.hold the gun FIRMLY against the
fishls body while compressing the handle.Do not release the
compressed handle until the needle has been withdrawn.
Unloading Gun
-1.Pull the release lever (the'black metal lever in front of the
trigger
ring.)Withdraw cl ip •
.If Gun Jams
1.Do NOT attempt to clear the jam by forcing the tags through the
mechanism.This will cause damage."•
2.Remove clip from gun..
3.Turn the.plastic lock lever (right side near needle)180 degrees so
lever pdints forward and remove needle.
4.Remove jammed tag from from needle or gun.·Inspect needle and ram.
5.The tag (if not damaged)can be re-used by inserting the T-bar into
the needle two thirds back from the point of the needle.This can
be accomplished only if the tag clip has been removed from the gun.
BE CERTAIN TO LINE UP THE SLOT IN THE NEEDLE WITH THE SLOT IN THE
GUN •.
Care of Gun and Needle
1.Operate gun without tags in warm soapy water to remove dirt,slime
and scaies.
2.Rinse carefully in wann (not hot)water.Shake and wipe dry.
3.Store in warm area to remove moisture from inside gun.
4.Lubricate with "WD-40"which prevents rust.penetrates and dis-
places moisture..·-,
5.WHEN TAGGING UNDER SALINE CONDITIONS,THE GUN.SHOULD NOT BE EXPOSED
TO AIR ANY LONGER THAN ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY.A PAN OF FRESH WATER
SHOULD BE KEPT AT HAND TO "SLOSH"OFF THE GUN CONTINUALLY.IF
TAGGING IS INTERRUPTED.THE GUN (INCLUDING TAGS)SHOULD BE KEPT
IMMERSED IN FRESHWATER.,~:.':':n (\.~..'dn no
•
...
(
\
Disk-Dangler Type Tag
The disk-dangler type tag is attached to the body of the fish
beneath the dorsal spine with two strands of wire. A small,visel ike
clamp holding two hypodermic needles of size number 18 is used to pass
the wires through the fish1s body.The needles are put in place and
pushed through the body in one motion.The tag wires are then inserted
into the hollow needles and the clamp pulled outward.Tags are attached
with one wire anterior and one posterior to the origin of the dorsal
fin.The needles are spaced so that their points are approximately one-
half inch apart.A spacing strap may be placed between the wires to
keep them from pulling together and tearing flesh when the wires are
twisted together.If a single person is tagging,however,such a strap
may be impossible to hold in place.If care is used in twisting the
wires,excess injury to the fish may be avoided without the use of such
a spacer.Excess wire is cut off the twisting end,and the·exposed wire
.and tag are bent back.
•
...
Figure IV-2.
Figure IV ..3.-...'--
Tag clamp holding two hypodermic needles
(from Pelgen,1954)
Disk-dangler tag in place
(after Pelgen.l~54)
......
3.
APPENDIX V
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Electro-Shocking Boat Operations
Safety Precautions
These procedures must be adhered to for the safety of all
operators of this equipment.
1.A minimum of two (2)persons is required to safely and effi-
ciently operate the unit.provided the control box can be
easily monitored by the boat operator.For two (2)man
operations.the boat operator should be capable of adjusting
voltage and amperage,activating the power switches on the
control box.and shuting down the generator without having to
leave his station as outboard operator.
Should these conditions not be met,then a minimum crew would
be three (3).One (1)person should monitor the control box
at all times.
2.All personnel should be thoroughly famil iar with the equipment
and its operation.Personnel should be briefed as to emergency
procedures should the situation arise.
All equipment,connections and wiring should.be checked before
each day's operation.Particular attention should be payed to
the platform railing and safety foot switch.The railing
should be strong and secure enough to support aman's weight.
The safety switch must be free of rust and corrosion.It would
be advisable to have the meta.l railing insulated with foam
pipe insulation or plastic electrical tape.Wiring should be
left exposed to facilitate inspection of the insulation.
4.-Only dip nets with fully insulated handles will be used.
5.Personnel will wear only hip boots or chest waders that are
completely leak proof.The platform surface should be of a
non-skid type.Rubber gloves are advisable as an added safety
measure.
6.All personnel will wear life jackets or other adequate float-
ation devices.Should anyone fall overboard.it is unlikely
that he will have enough muscle control to swim..
7.Never start the generator until all connections for the particular
mode o-f operation are complete.While traveling between
points of operation.the electrodes should be disconnected
from the electrical source if the generator is to be left
running,i.e ••for night operations.
i\OO 01
8.Never change the position of the boom or handle the electrodes
unless the leads are disconnected and all switches on the
control box are in the "off"position.
9.When disconnections are made or lines left disconnected,all
switches on the control box should remain in the "offll posi-
tion to preclude any load on the wiring.
1O.All personnel shoul d be famil iar with first aid treatment
for shock victims and be trained in artificial respiration.At
least one (1)member of the crew should have completed a
recognized first aid course (hopefully he will not be the one
injured).
11.The equipment shall not be operated in such a manner so as
to endanger the public.The current shall be turned off
anytime the public is in the immediate proximity of the
aparatus,be it on shore,in the water,or in a boat.
In an emergency,the electrical current into the water may
be broken in three ways:
1.By releasing the foot pedal switch which is located on the
platform and controlled by the dip net operator.
2.By turning off all switches on the control box.One (1)man
must be operating the control box at all times.
3.By actuating the grounding switch effectively killing the
generator.If possible,switches should be located both on
the .dippin§platform and near the motor operator and wired so
that activation of either switch will ki'll the generator.
First Aid for Victims of Electrical Shock
Should anyone fall overboard or receive an electrical shock,
the,unit will be immediately shut off.Rescue the victim from the water
or free him from the electrical circuit as quickly as possible.Act
quickly,as any delay in removing the person from the electrical field
or circuit will lessen the chance of resuscitating him.Do not endanger
yourself attempting to rescue someone with the power on..
If the victim is not breathing,begin artificial respiration
at once.Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation is recommended.Continue re-
suscitation until you are certain breathing is restored.Frequently,
after a temporary recovery,a victim will stop breathing again.If
natural breathing stops,resume artificial respiration at once.
i'OO 02
•
Physical shock is a serious complication that is likely to
occur after electrical shock.Shock can interfere with the normal
action of the heart,respiration and circulation,so every precaution
should be taken to prevent this condition from further weakening the
victim.The victim should be lying flat and it is most important that
'he be kept as warm as possible,even during artificial respiration.
The following procedure is recommended in cases where it
appears the victim's heart has stopped:
1.Place the victim on his back.
2.Position yourself on your knees beside his chest.
3.Find the lower end of his breast bone.
4.Place the heel of your hand one inch above that end.
5.Place your other hand on top of the first hand.
6.Press down firmly with about sixty (60)pounds of weight.
7•Repeat every second until heart starts.
8.If necessary,apply mouth-to-mouth resuscitation as follows:
one (1)operator -15 compressions,two breaths or two (2)
operators -one breath every fifth compression.
The above procedure would be life sustaining should the victim
go into ventricular fibrillation.
Admittedly,the above first aid procedures are brief,but
due to lack of more competent means to deal with electrical accidents,
this should serve as a guide for emergency treatment until the patient
can be taken to medical facil ities.
f()TE:ACfP((f nils PROCEDUJ£MJST BE CNBOARD THE Sl{)(](I~BOAT
AT AU.TIfIES!I!!
{'OO 03
•
B.RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Model XV-BPG Self-Contained Gas Powered Electrofisher
(Backpack Mounted)
Since the introduction of the lightweight,quiet and reliable
TAS-30D alternator,Smith-Root,Inc.now offers the type XV-BPG,a gaso-
line powered backpack electrofisher.Designed for very low to medium
conductivity waters,the Type SV-BPG del ivers a high 11 00 vol t peak DC
for the very low conductivity waters and as much as 2.5 amps for the
higher conductivity waters.
Both the electrofisher and alternator are mounted on a com-
fortable,reinforced plastic pack frame.The new pack frame not only
outlasts aluminum packs,it provides an extra margin of safety from
electric shock providing an insulation between the operator and the
electrical apparatus.The pack frame harness has been designed to
provide instant release should it become necessary to quickly drop away
the complete pack frame from the operator.
SPEC I FI CATIONS:
(Power Source
Recommended Conductivity Range
Input Power
Output Modes:
AC
pulsed DC
Pulsed DC (x 2)
Meteri.ng
Voltage Selection
Circut Protection
Safety Protection
Engine Kill·
TAS Model QEG-300 Watt gas-
powered generator
Approximately 10 to 200 micro-
mhos/cm2 max.Useable to 400
micromhos
300 watts,450 watts intermittent (all
voltage ranges)
130-390 VRMS in 130 volt steps
180-550 VDC peak fast rise,slow
decay -
360-1100 V
Output current 0 -2.5 amp
Rotary Switch
Electronic circuit breaker with reset
Tilt switch kills eng1ne if shocker is
tilted beyone 45 degrees
Push-button switch mounted on pack
frame
Backpack Frame
Weight
Lightweight,comfortable frame with
padded shoulder straps~padded hip
belt and emergency quick release
36 1bs.
,~,-
~-~
Standard Equipment:TAS-300 Generator,Anode Pole with Pull-Behind Cathode:
optional Cathode pole available.
Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice
1/81
•
i'OO 0-5
APPENDIX VI
A.ADULT ANADROMOUS FISHERIES STUDIES
Habitat Site Locations
B.INTEGRATED RESIDENT AND JUVENILE ANADROMOUS FISHERIES AQUATIC
HABITAT AND INSTREAM FLOW STUDIES
Habitat Site Locations
1'00 01
System of Specifying Geographic Locations
For conciseness and for use in the computer processing,it
is convenient to use a modification of the General Land Office method of
specifying locations as developed by federal and state agencies in
Montana (MDFWP,1979).
In this report,locations of features such as sampling
points are specified by using 12 characters.The first three characters
of the location give the township,the next three characters the range.
The next two give the section number within the township,and the next
tract,the quarter-quarter section (40-acre tract),and the quarter-
quarter-quarter section (10-acre tract).These subdivisions of the 640-
acre section in the northeast quadrant.If there is more than one
.featu~in a 10-acre tract,consecutive digits beginning with 2 are
.'.-·-added to the number.For example ,if a sample was co 11 ected.i tl Secti on-.
21,Township 9 North,Range 20 West,it would be numbered 09N20E21DAA2.'
The letters DAA indicate that the site is in the N1/4 of the N1/4 of the
SE1/4 it and the number 2 following the letters DAA indicates there are at
least two sampling locations in this 10-acre tract.
OSN20W2',DAA2
_____---0-
Figure VI-1.System used by ADF&G in this study to specify geographic
locations.
...-,
(~-,
..
"Afemtna
lRiv.er
COOK INlET
•Susitna Station'
Sonar
N
Figure VI -2.Anadromous Adult Project study locations,1981.
"00 04
l("'-"
/'"-j
-.
N
t
..
COOK :INLET-SCALE
s 0
-t=3 Fd ............
Figure VI.-3.RJ and AH sampling locations~1981.
/,1"""'"
~--'
.'
Figure VI -4.RJ and AH sampling locations,1981.
i'OO 06
N
t
•
N
t
SCAlf
5EE?3::::::r:::::=::::::::::;::=:::E::0i:::.======:::::§:===::l;Mlt£S
Figure VI -5.RJ and AH sampling locations,1981.
i'OO 07
..
SCALE
SEe--;:::::C:=F3E:::::C:F3==Oc:===::::::5~~I~~.
F.igure VI ..6 •.RJ and AH sampling locations,1981.
i~OO 08
N
t
N
-:t ~~···u
.
SCALE
s·0 S NIL~$EE33:~F?==:!::::::t;;;;;;;r====::::::J1
.
Figure VI -7.RJ and AH sampling locations,198,1.
•
Figure VI ..8.RJ and AH sampl il:lg 1ocati ons,1981.
j,O'o 10
SCALE
o
..
Table 1.Susitna River Resident and Juvenile Anadromous Fish Sampling Locations,
1981.
LOCATION .
MAP
tODE SAMPLING LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GilD
'.
Estuary to Talkeetna:
1 A.Mainstem Susitna (.75 mile south of
Alexander River Mouth)15 N 07 W 07
B.Alexander River
(Mouth)15 N 07 W ·07 AB
(.75 Mil e Upstream)15 N 07 W 05
(1.5 Mile Upstream)16 N 07 W 31
C.Mainstem Susitna
(Side-Channel Opposite Alexander R.Mouth)15 N 07 W 07
.f"'e D.Mainstem Susitna (1.0 mile North of
-"
Alexander River Mouth)15 N 07 W 05
2 '.A~Mainstem Susitna (Willow Creek Mouth)20 N 05 W 34 CA
-
B.Willow Creek (Mouth)20 N 05W 34
(Parks Highway)19 N 04 W 06 AC
3·A.Mainstem Susitna (100 yards Above little
..Willow Creek)-20 N 05 W 27 BA
4 A.Slough A (Rustic Wilderness Subdivision)21 N 05 W 25 CB
B.Mainstem Susitna (East Bank,700 yards
above Slough A)21 N 05 W 23 DO
C.Mainstem Susitna (West Bank,Opposit Sl.A)21 N 05 W 23 DA
D.Mainstem Susitna (East Bank,below Slough
!""""E Head)21 N 05 W 24 BA.,.,
f
,.....E.Slough E (.25 mile above Rustic Wilderness
Subdivision).21 N 05 W 25 BC
I •... ....4 .
Ca-l}
Table 1 -Cont'd.
LOCATION .
MAP
CODE SAMPLING LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GRID
'.
5 A.Mainstem Susitna (West bank it adjacent to
Susitna Landing)(C)21 N 05 W 13 .BC
(West bank,Slough Mouth)(A)21 N 05 W 12 CC
B.Mainstem Susitna (.25 mi1e it West of
Kashwitna River Mouth)21 N 05 W 13 AB
C.Mainstem Susitna (loa feet below
Kashwitna River Mouth)21 N 05 W 13 AC
D.Kashwitna River (Mouth)21N 05 W 13 AAC
6 A.Caswell Creek (Mouth)21 N 04W 06 BA
"
I A.Mainstem Susitna (Site Ait below Sheep
Creek Slough Mouth)
~
(Site Bit Below Sheep Creek Slouth Mouth)'.
B.Sheep Creek Slouth (Mouth)22 N 05 W 25 DD .
C.Mainstem Susitna (East channel ••5 mile
above Sheep Creek Slough Mouth)(D)'22 N 05 W 24 DO
(East channel ••6 mile above Sheep Creek
Slough Mouth)(E)22 N 05 W 24 DA
D.Slough (.50 mile NW of ~heep Creek
Slough Mouth)(F)22 N 05 W 24 DB
"-
(.75 mile NW of Sheep Creek Slough'
Mouth).(H)
Ir E.Mainstem Susitna (Center Channel,.9 mile
(;across from Sheep Creek Slough Mouth).-(I)22 N 05 W 23 DB
(Center Channel,.9 mile above Sheep
.
.-Creek Slough Mouth)(G)22 N 05 W 24 BC
(a-2)
Table 1 -Cont1d.
LOCATION .
MAP
CODE SAMPLING LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GRID
7 Mainstem Susltna (Cont1d.)
.
~.
(Center Channel,1.0 mile above Sheep .
Creek Slough Mouth)(J)22 N 05 W 23 AS
F.Slough l (West Center Channel,below
Echo Isl and)(l)22 r.J 05 W 14 CD
G.Mafnstem Susitna (Below Echo Island)(M)22 N 05 W 14 CD
(Adjacent to Echo Island)(K)22 N 05 W 14 DC
,
8 A.Mainstem Susitna (Below Montana Creek
Mouth)(B)23 N 04 W 07 AS
'--,/S.Mainstem Susitna (West Channel,Slough
Mouth,1.25 mile above Montana Creek)(F)23 N 05 W 13 DC
'C.Side-Slough (West Channel,small slough
1.0 mile below Montana Creek).(G)23 N 05 W 13 AD'
D.Side-Slough (West Channel,slough .25 mile
below Montana Creek)(E)2-3 N 05 W 12 DB
E.Montana Creek (Mouth)(A)23 N 05 W 07 AS
F.Mainstem Susitna (East Channel,.25 mile·
above Montana"Creek)(e)23 N 04 W 06 CD
(East Channel,.50 mile above Montana
Creek)(D)23 N 04 W 06 CD
G.Beaver Pond (West Bank,1.0 mile above
!~Montana Creek Mouth)-,
H.Mainstem Susitna (West bank,slough
Mouth above Montana Creek)
. .
....(East Bank,1.0 mile above Montana Creek)
(
(a-3).
-~
Table 1 -Cont'd.
-
LOCATION .
MAP
CODE SAMPLING --.LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION G2ID
Mainstem Susitna (Cant Id.)'-
S H.
(Center Channel,1.25 mile above
Montana Cre~k)_
I.Slough (W~s!ba~k,2 miles above Montana
----
Creek)_._-._-....---
9 A.Rabi deux Creek 24 N 05 W 16 AAB
(Mouth)-
(500 feet 'Upstream)
l:10 A.Mainstem Susitna (.25 mile below
li-(!-Parks Highway Bridge)24 N 05 W 15 BA(,
".
B.Mainstem Susitna (Parks Highway Bridge)24 N 05 W 15 BA
.-"--
11 A.Mai"~tem-Sus~tAii (1.0 mile South of
".i -
Sunshine Creek.Mouth)24 N 05 W 10
B.Mainstem Susitna (.75 mile South of
_..
Sunshine Creek Mouth).24 N 05 W 14
C.Mainstem Susitna (At Sunshine Creek)24 N 05 W 14 AA
D.Sunshine Creek 24 N 05 W 14 AA
(Mouth).
12 A.Birch Creek.Slough (Mouth)25 N 05W 25
I"(.25 mile below Birch Creek Mouth)25 N 05 W 25
.~(Birch Creek Mouth)25 N 05 W 25,
i_.
l,r (Head)-25 N 05 W 12~',
\t;-J 13 A.Trapper Creel<(Mouth)25 N 05 W 15
14 A.Slough Fed by Cache Creek (Mouth),1.5 mi.
South West of Birch Creek Slough Head 25 N 05 W 14
ta-4)-
Table 1 -Cont'd.
LOCATION .
MAP
CODE SAMPLING LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GRID
B.,Slough-Susitna (l.0 mile South West of '.14
Birch Creek Slough Head 25 M 05 W 11
--
C.Mainstem Susitna (.25 mile below head of
Birch Creek Slough)25 N 05 W 12
D.Matnstem Susitna (South West side of
Is1and,1.5 mil e South of cache Cree k Mouth)25 N 05 W 01
E.Mainstem Susitna (South West side of island ~
1.0 mile South of Cache Creek Mouth)25 N 05 W 01
F.Mainstem Susitna (West channel,.75 mile
!South of Cache Creek Mouth)26 N 05 W 35--
G.Mainstem Susitna (Below Mouth of Cache
Creek Slough)26 N as W -36 CB
-(Mouth of Cache Creek Slough)26 N 05 W 35 DA
15 A.Cache Creek (Mouth)26 N 05 W 36 CB
(Inside Mouth)26 N 05 W 35 ABC
.
~..
•.
..-'
-.
...
ta-5)
I
\
(
Table 1 -Cont'd.
•
LOCATION .
MAP
C.ODE SAMPLING LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GilD.
Tal keetna to Devil'sCanyon:
16 A.Mainstem Susitna (Bill ian Slough Mouth)26 N 05 W 23 .M02
B.Bill ian Slouth (Mouth)26 N 05 W 23 MD3
(Open Lead Below Railroad Trestle)26N 05 W 13 CCD
..•.
17 A.Mainstem Susitna (West side of Island,
-..
Chulitna River Confluence)26 N 05 W 14
B.Mainstem Susitna (East sid~of Island,.25
mile North of Chulitna River Confluence)26 N 05 W 14
C.Mainstem Susitna (.75 mile North of •(fj Chulitna River Confluence)26 N 05 W 14
(1.0 mile North of Chulitna R.Confl uence)26 N 05 W 11
(1.25 mile North of Chill itna R.Confluence)26 N 05 W 11
18 A.Mainstem Susitna (Side-Channel Below .
---....
Slough 2 Mouth)26 N 05 W 02 CBD
B.Mainstem Susitna (Side-Channel above
Slough 2)26 N 05 W 02 BCD
19 A.Mainstem Susitna (Below Mouth of Whiskers
Creek Slough)26 N 05 W 03 ADC
(Adjacent to Mouth of Whiskers ~-.--'.'
Creek Slough)26 N 05 W 03 ABC3
I -B.Whiskers Creek Slough (200 yards .'
ik-above Mouth)26 N 05 \of 03 ADS
(~j C.Whiskers,Creek (Mouth)-26 N 05 W,03
D.Mainstem Susitna (Side-channel,1.0 mile
east of Whiskers Creek)26 N 05 W 02
(b-l)
l,A Table 1 -Cont1d.
!(
MAP
CODE SAMPLING SITES
LOCATION .
TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GRID
20 A•.Mainstem Susitna (.25 mile NW of Whiskers
~
Creek Mouth)26 N 05 W 02
B.Slough 3 (Above Whiskers Creek Slough)27 N 05 W 35 CCC2
c.Slough 3B (Mouth)27 N 05 W 35 CCB
--
D.Mainstem Susitna (Side Channel Adjacent
to Slough 3)27 N 05 W 35 CCA
21 A.Mainsetm Susitna (Adjacent to Slough 5)27 N 05 W 01 CCA
22 A.Slough 6A 28 N 05 W 13 CAB3
23 A.Lane Creek (Mouth)28 N 05 W 12 ADD2
A.Oxbow II-(Mouth)29 N 04 W 16
~
CAD4
25 A.Mainstem Susitna -(Curry)29 N 04 W 10 CBB2
26 A.Side !nanne1 Below Slough SA (Above MoU~h)30 N 04W 25 DBA
(Below MOuth of Slough 8A)
B.Slough 8A (Mouth)
30 N
30 N
04 W
03 W
25 DAB..30 CBB
(Above Mouth)30 N 03 W 30 BCD
(Beaver Pond)30 N 03 W 30 AM
C.Mainstem Susitna (Above Slough 8A)30 N 03 W 20 ACB
27 A.Slough 9 (tobuth)30 N 03 W 16 CBB
(AbQve Mouth)30 N 03 W 16 CBAB
(Below Bend)30 N 03 W 16 CBAA
~s A.Mainstem Susitna (300 ya~ds below 4th of
DCAB
DCAA
03
03
July Creek)30 N 03 W---I-------------~---___;:.....---___;i__-__Ii__--__+_--_;
(j (200 yards below 4th of July Creek)30 N 03 W
B.Mainstem Susitna (Side channel,adjacent
-to 4th of July Creek)30 N 03 W 03 DAD
(b-2)
Table 1 -Contld.
LOCATION .
MAP
C.ODE SAMPLING lOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION GilD ---_.-.
Side Channel '(Beaver pond outlet,above
.-28 C~
4th of July Creek)30 N 03 W 03 -ADD
29 A.Slough 9A (Above Mouth)31 N 03 W 36 DCB
(First Pool)31 N 03 W 36 DCA
--(Open Lead)----31 N ---,.-0-3 W 36-OBOe ----
(Second Pool)31 N -03 W 36-DBD
B.Mainstem Susitna-Between 9A &10
(Lower.Lead)31 N 03 W 36 DBC
(Middle,Lead)31 N 03 W 36 ACD
;rr-"
(Upper,Lead)---31 N 03 W 36 ADe
--'
30 A.Mainstem Susitna-Below Slough 10 31 N 03 W 36 AAC4
B.Slough 10 (lower,Pool)31 N 03 W 36 AABD2
-(Middle.Pool)--31 N 03 W 36 MBA-
(Tributary Stream)31 N 03 W 25 _DOC
31 A.Slough 11 (LoweJ"-Reach)31 N 02 W 19 DOD
(r~i dd1 e,Reach).31 N 02 W 20 CBA
B.Mainstem Susitna (Above Slough 13)31 N .02 W 19 ADB3
C.·Side-Channel (Above Slough 13)31 N 02 W 19 ADA
32 A.Slough 14 (Lower Bend)31 N 02 W 19 ACA.
(Beaver Pond)31 N 02 W 19 ABD
I 33 A.Mainstem Susitna (Beneath Gold Creek
1",-.-Railroad Bridge)31 N 02 W 20 BAC2
J
I B.Mainstem Susitna (Tributary Creek'-I'---~-
Above Gold Creek)31 N 02 W 20 BAA
C.~ain~tem Susitna {~O~jh Bank above Gold 31 N 02 W 17 CDO-ree Railroad Brodqe _
_."
lb-3}---------.-_......._..............
Table 1 -Contld.
LOCATION .
MAP
CODE SAJ"tPLING SITES TO~INSHIP RANGE SECTION GRID
34 A•.Slough 16'(Mouth)31 ~I 02 W 17 ABO
(First Lead)31 N 02 W 17 ABO
(Second Lead)31 N 02 W 17 ABO
35 A.Indian River (Mouth)31 N 02 W 09 002
B.Indian River (Approx.3 miles Upstream)32 N 02 W 33 AB05
C.Indian River-Beaver Pond (Approx.7 miles
-
Upstream)32 N 02 W 11 ADC2
,
o.Mainstem Susitna (Above Indian River)31 N 02 W 09 OCB2
36 A.Slough 17 (Mouth)31 N 02 W 09 DCA
,.
~~--_.(Above Mouth)·_.._-.31 N 02 W 09 OBD
B.Mainstem Susitna (Above Slouth 18)31 N 02 W 10 CBO
37 A.Slough 20-(Mouth}31 N 02 W 10 AOA
(Middle Reaches)-31 N 02 W 11 BBD
(Upper Tributary)31 N 02 W 11 "•'BBA
38 "A.Side Channel Below Slough 21 (Lower).31 N 02 W 02 CAC
(Middle)--31 N 02 W 02 CAA-
(Upper)31 N 02 W 02 ABO
39 A.Slough 21 (Mouth)31 N 02 W 02 AAB
(Middle)31 N 02 W 02 AAA
.."(Upper)32 N 02 W 36 CCC
40 A.Ma.instem Susitna (AbQve Slough 21)32 N 02 W 36 ACO
41.A.Portage Creek (Mouth)32 N 01 W 25 COB4.-
f B.(8 miles Upstream-Below Thoroughfare Creek)33 N 01 E 25 DBA4,~~N m J:''5 ,Ar.n2
-f ".
C'.(11 miles Uostream-Mouth of Thorouahfare
.,...~Creek)"33N 02 E 17 eeB3
(b-4)
------_.---------------......;...,---
Table 1 -Cont'd.
LOCATION .
MAP
CODE SAMPLING LOCATION TOWNSHIP RANGE SECTION G2ID
'..
Devil's Canyon'to Tyone River:
·42 A.Fog Creek (Mouth)31 N 04 E 16 .DBB
43 A.Tsusena Creek'(Mouth)32 N 04 E 36 ADB
44 A.Deadman Creek (Mouth)32 N 05 E 26 COB
45 A.Watana Creek (~uth)32 N 06 E 25 'CCA
46 A.Kosina Creek (Mouth)31 N 08 E 15 BAB
47 A.Jay Creek (Mouth)31 N 08 E 13 BCC
48 A.Goose Creek (Mouth)30 N l1E 32 OBC
49 A.Oshetna River (Mouth)30 N 11 E 34 CCD
.~
.---
...
.-
..-
..
;"..-...,
.....
(c-l)
--:_.A,ppendix III.IDENTIFICATION AND BIOLOGY OF PACIFIC $ALHON-'
The fishes of the family Salmonidae include.the species which are of
greatest importance to the commercial and sport fishermen intbis part
of Ala~ka..
Pacific salmon are placed in the Genus Oncorhynchus which includes five
species:sockeye,chum,pink,coho,and chinook.They.are characterized
by a comparatively large anal fin with 13 to 19 rays,small 'cycloid
scales and a fleshy adipose fin (Figure 1).
-------------
Lateral line
Caudal
Peduncle
Anal Fin
Pelvic Fin'
Figure 1.Salmon showing external features •
• I
"\;
I
\
..
Identification
To help in the identification of the five species of salmon,the following
key is presented.This key is made of a series of alternate statements.
To use the key,the first statement is examined;if this ;s correct for
the fish in question continue;however,if the statement does .notapply,
pass to an alternative statement.Continue in this way until an identifi-
cation 'is obtained.
.
Key to Pacific Salmon
I.Distinct large black spots on back and caudal (tail)
la.Oval black spots on caudal fin and back;slender caudal peduncle;
small size (18 to 20 inches in length and average weight of 3
pounds).--Pink Salmon (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha).
lb.No oval spots on caudal fin and back (see 2a).
2a.large irregular black spots on back,dorsal.fin and both lobes
of caudal fin;black gum line:large size {avera~eabout 36
inches in length and 10 to 25 pounds).--Chinook Salmon (Oncorhynchus
tshawytscha).·I
2b.Irregular black spots on back and upper lobe of caudal fin
only;white gum line;medium size (average about 28 inches in
length .and.S pounds)•.--CohoSalmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch)•
II.
.
No distinct black spots on back or caudal fin (there may'be faint
spotting on the margins of the caudal fin and along the back).
la.
2a.
Gil'rakers on first arch number 30 to 40,are long and slender,
rough,and closely set;fairly thick caudal peduncle;spawning'
fish show red on sides and back;medium size (average about 24
inches in length and 6·pounds).--Sockeye Salmon (Oncorhynchus
nerka).
Gill ra-kers on first arch number 19 to 26.are short.stout.
smooth.and more wide'yspaced;very slender caudal peduncle"
spawning fish show cal icc marks on sides;medium size .(aver9ge
about 26 inches in length and 7 pounds}.-~Chum Salmon (Oncorhynchus
ketal.
BiolooX .
Pacific sa1mon all have some\oJhat similar 1 ife hi stories.They spawn in
freshwater from summer to late fall and die shortly thereafter.The
eggs are deposited in gravel beds and the young hatch the following
spring and remain in the gravel until their yolk-sacs are absor~ed.At
(---,the time of err.ergence these small sa-lmon are called fry.The fry of
J'some species proceed to the sea almost immediately and are popularly .
called smo1t.s.but in other species the freshwater period.may vary from
a few weeks to one or more·vears.Ocean residence also varies with the
species and may be anywhere~Trom 1 1/2 to 6 years.
(/~,:..--
",:
Sockeye Salmon.-
Sockeye or red salmon cOiiiilonly run from 20 to 24 inches in length and
weigh from 4 to 7 'pounds,rarely to 30 inches and 15 pounds.
Distinguishing characteristics are the absence of black spots,-the
presence of a large number·',(3D to 40)of long,slender,closely set gill
rakers,a fairly thick caudal peduncle and the red color on the back and
sides of the spawning fish.
.
Adult sockeye begin appearing in the spring around late May in some of'
the Cook Inlet streams.They spawn principally in the rivers between
the lakes and along the lakeshore beaches,although the streams draining
into the lakes are also important.
Fry appear in the lakes and streams in the spring and usually spend one.
frequently two.and occasionally three years in fresh.water,eventually
passing to the sea as smolt where they mature.They return as adults
after two or three winters in the sea,when they are 4 or 5 years of
age.A few,for the most part males,mature one year ahead of their
year class and are frequently referred to as "jacKs."
Chum Salmon ..
-I({"r'
~"~'"
'~.-
.
Chum or dog salmon commonly run from 22 to 2S"inches in length and weigh
7 to lO'pounds.rarely to 18 pounds.
Distinguishing'ch~~-a~t;r-i;tc'~-~r~the ab-;-;~c~-·~f distinc.t black.spots on
the back and fins t 19 to 26 smooth t widely spread gil'rakerS't a very
slender caudal peduncle and colored bars or mottling on the sides of the
spawning fish.Chum salmon are often referred to as "calico salmon"
because of these vertica1.marki ngs...
Chum salmon appear somewhat earlier than the sockeye .salmon and in most
cases confine their spawning activities to the mainstem streams.
Fry migrate to:the sea shortly after emerging from the gravel.at less
than 1 1/2 inches in length.Maturity is reached in the third or fourth
year of life.
Pink Salmon
Pihk or humpbac~salmon commonly run from 16 to 22 inches in length and
weigh 3 to 5 pounds,rarely to 10 pounds.
Distinguishing characteristics are the large oval black spots on the
back.adipose fin and both lobes of the caudal fin,dark markings that
exten.d down the sides in irregular patterns,a slender caudal peduncle
and a prominent hump behind the head in the male fish.
/1~
I The fry"usually hatch in the late spring and migrate almost at bncej~_/,downstream to the sea.Tney return to freshwater in the fall of the
succeeding year as 2 year old adults.
.,
.'~~
,.tl"f"",,
Chinook Salmon'
Chinook salmon,Or king salmon as they are more cOiiiilonly called in
Alaska,run from 5 to 45 pounds,but usually fall between 10 and'25
pounds,with the exception of the numerous jacks.
~'~?r-
":--.,.,
•
Oistin'guishing characteristics are the presence of black spots on the
back,dorsal fin,and both lobes of the caudal fin and a black gum line,
as opposed to the whi te gum 1i ne of the coho salmon'.
This species df salmon usually spawn in the larger tributaries.They
enter into the streams to spawn somewhat earlier than the sockeye salmon,
usually commencing the spawning migration the first week in June.The
young may go to sea during the first year or remain at least a year in
the streams or lakes.The major growth takes'place in the sea,the fish
maturing in 3 to 7 years.Males maturing sexually in their second or
third year are commonly called "jacks."
Coho Sa 1mon .
Coho or silver salmon run f'rom24 to 30 inches in length and usually
,,weigh about 8.to 10 pounds.
Distinguishing characteristics are the presence of fine black spots
along the back,dorsal fin,and the upper 'lobe of the caudal fin and-the
presence of a white gum line.
like the chinook salmon,the coho usually spawn in the larger tributaries,
entering into the strea!Ds ..t9,:spawn in late July..
The fry remailJ in freshwater for varying periods,the majority apparently
migrating"to the sea in the spring of their second year of life.They
return as adults in their third or fourth yeartspawn and die.
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SALMON SPECIES •.
SOCKEYE:
Thick caudal peduncle (not as thick as a coho)
Tail and fins transluscent green-
Gill rakers fine and many
,Flesh bright red
Head green in color
CHUM:
Narrow caudal peduncle .
Caudal fin more forked than sockeye
Silver color in caudal fin occuring in radiating rays
Pupil of eye usually large
Gill rakers thick,few in number
(~.,CHINOOK:
.1-.'-large size
Much spotting on back and caudal peduncle
Silver color in tail very evident
.,--.
(~
!c··'•
COHO:
Blocky caudal peduncle t more than sockeye
Very little fork to tail
Spotted t less spots in tail than in chinook
Much silver color in tail with black fringe
Eye pupil usually small
Small size
Spots in tail
Seal es very sma 11
140 to 185;black
Range:Bering
p
"--
;.
'f
::":....
r-_.
~.;,,'.~....-.
~....,.
~~..
'13a Settles !;m?H,170 or more in first row above l:",teral line;large
5?015 on caucal !in;.:,nd back.Range:.~Tclie .~lask.::.-Californja;
Japitn.Once;,rhY:lc~~g.E!bu5cha ('Nalhaum)
(pink or hurnpba ck salmon)
13b Scales not small,1~5 or fewer in first row above la~eral line;
spots absent or small i~size.
.
14a Gill rakers 19 to 2.8 on first arch,short and stout.
15a No distinct spots on back or caudal fin,only speckling
present;19 to 26 scale rows above lateral line.Range:
Arctic Alaska-California;Karnc~atka.
Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum)
CchuIn or dog salmon)
lSb"Spots small,irregular;2S to 31 scale rows above lateral
line.
16a"Anal rays 15 to 17;·pyloric·caeca
spots on both lobes of caudal fin.
Sea-California;Japan •.
Oncorhynchus tshawytseha (Walba"um)
"(king,chinpok,or spring salmon)
16b Anal rays .1,3 to 15;pyloric caeca"45 to 80;black
spots,when present,only on·upper lobe of caudal
fin.Range:Bering Sea-Ca.lifornia;Japan.
Oncorhynchus ki sutc"h (Walbaum)
(silver or coho salmon)..
..
.14b Gill rakers 30 to 40,1.ong and slender.Range:"Bering
Sea -California;Janan...
•Oncorhynch~s nerka (Walbau1'11)11/
(sockeye or red salmon)
,
PINK
-.
@'
CHiNOOK
COHO
5
EQUIPMENT AND CAMP MAINTENANCE
Camp Maintenance
Maintaining a clean and efficient camp site is all that will normally be
required of each field station crew.A few of the things to check are:
1.Maintenance of cabins and other installations will be performed
as necessary.All material s necessary will be provided.
2.Grounds will be kept free of 1 iter.All garbage will be
burned~then buried in garbage pits perferably located on
sandbars.Special precautions should be observed whenever
burning trash or garbage to insure against the fire getting
out of control.
3.The project leader is responsible for completion of all forms
and reports.- -
4.Upon completion of the surrmer season,all camp equipment will
be cleaned preparatory to winter storage or return to head-
quarters.
5.All sampling nets,tents,and tarps must be dry before being
stored.
6.A compl ete inventory will be taken by the project 1eader or by
permanent personnel at the close of the field season.
7.All equipment will be brought in when the field station is
disbanded in the fall.
/-"~t'i Equipment Maintenance
......../£
Equipment maintenance is perhaps one of the most important operations
you will perform during the field season.The outboard motors and
generators must be kept in good operating condition or the whole program
will suffer.
..
It~ill be the projects leader's responsibility to assign the most'
knowledgeable member of the crew to the job maintaining and servicing
the equi pment.It will be this persons responsibil ity to see that all
of the equipment is kept in operating condition.
Outboa rd Motors
(
Your outboard motor will perform longer and give less trouble if these
suygestions are followed:
1.The correct fuel mixture is printed on each outboard motor in
the vicinity of the fuel attachment point.Always pour the oil
into the tank first~then add 2 or 3 gallons of gas and mix
thoroughly~then fill tank to capacity always using large
funnel and chamois filter.
2.When mixing gasoline or filling the tanks of the generator,
stove ~r lantern~keep the following in mind:
a.Always mix fuel tanks or equipment under cover to prevent
introduction of water.Always use a funnel and filter.
b.Fill camp stoves and lanterns outside of cabin or tent,
as the danger 'of fire is very real.
c.A little extra effort toward cleanliness will pay big
dividends in hours of trouble free operation.
3.Always place outboard in neutral when starting.-
4.The motor will be adjusted and should require no further
adjustment.
5.Check daily the clamp screws that hold the outboard to the
transom.A1so check daily,the motor for loose screws and
bolts,cracks,and breaK,especially in the area of the lower
unit.
6.Never run the outboard at a tilted position for more ~han a
few seconds (as when pushing through weeds or shallow water)
as the water pump will not draw.Adjust tilt of motor so that
the shaft is nearly perpendicular to the surface of the water
when operating.
7.In the nonnal operation of a water pump,a Ittell-talell stream
of water is discharged from a hole in the bottom edge of the
cowl or from the back of the shaft.If this stream of water
stops,the water pump is not working and the motor should be
shut off.The side plate over the water intake can be removed
for temporary relie~as it may be plugged.If the pump continues
not to function,the outboard should not be run,and a report
to base camp should be made.
8.Check the grease in the lower unit of prop outboards once a
week.Jet units must be greased daily.This is crucial.
Special grease guns will be provided.
9.If the skeg or jet unit hits bottom,check the screws for
tightness and housing damage.
10.If your outboard will not start,check the following:
a.Check to see if fuel line is connected to the motor and
the tank or pinched or kinked.
b.Check to see if there is water in the gasoline.
c.Check to see that the engine is not flooded.
d.Check the spark plugs as they may be fouled or defective
(replace if-needed).If no spark,report to base camp.
lastly,it should be emphasized that the salmon enumeration counts and
sampling must continue,as they are very important to the program.All
stations will be provided with a spare outboard and the.base camp will -
replace all inoperative outboards as soon as possible.
Generators and Batteries
Portable generators will be supplied to all field camps.Their maintenance
follows the same line as for the outboards.Since the Qenerators have
4-cycle engines,mixed gas must not be used.The crankcase oil reservoir
should be checked daily and maintained at the full level.After 25
hours of operation thea;l should be changed.Spark plugs should be
·0 o,r-:;hecked every five (5)hours of operation.
G
,
Food Orders
Grocery orders will be placed with the Anchorage office once a.week.A
grocery request list will be supplied to each camp.Please order all
food by corresponding numbers.This saves alot of time on the radio
and/or telephone and also lessens the chances of mix·ups of orders.
-....-,..-._....
Appendix V.coor.:Ir;l £T
(Crder by ~u~cers)
CHEESE
BEEF -CANNED
CEREALS
32.cream of rice
33.cream of wheat
34.quick rolled oats
35.variety pact
36.wheaties
cucumber pickles
dill pickles
honey
horserad is h
ketchup
mayonaise
mixed nuts
mustard
olives
sweet pickles
syrup.Log Cabin
vinegar
66.
67.
6&.
69.
57 •.·Coffeemate ft
58.evaporated milk
59.Milkman
DESSERTS (cookies,jello,candy,Qum)
60.candy bars
61.chocolate chip cookies
62.chocolate cream filled ~oolies
63.fig newtons
64.gum.assorted
65.Je110 gelatin
Jell opuddi "9
Chocolate
Vann la
Butterscotch
"Banana cream
FLOUR
CONDIMENTS
82.bisquick
83.krusteaz
84.white
85.whole wheat
~ETERGENTS AND ClEANSER~
73.Ajax
74.bar soap
75.bleach
76.Boraxo
77.cold water nA1I·
78.green soap
79.liquid Ivory
80.scouring pads (Brillo &S.O.S.
81.sponges
70.marshmallows
71.oatmeal cookies
72.vanilla cream fil1'dcookies
42.hot instant ~estles "
43.~estles baking chocolate
44.Swiss r~iss
CHOCOLATE
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
.54.
.55.
56 ..
DAIRY
~....
blueberry muffins
brownies
chocolate
corn bread muffins
snack-n-cake
white
yell.ow
37.Parmesan
38.monterey j~~k
39.swiss
40.tillamook.mild
41.tillamook.sharp
15.'canned soda
16.coffee.instant
17.c~ffee.regular grind
18.tea.bags
19.tea,instant
8.corned "Dinty Moore-
9.hash.
10.roast with gravy
11.sloppy joes
12.stew.·Ointy Moore"
BEER (payfrompersonaT account)
13.case
14".6-pact
BEVERAGES
lli.!!~
1.baked beans
2.chili
3.J:i dney beans
4.pinto beans
S.pork and beans
6.small red beans.packaged
1.small white beans.packaged
BREAO AHD CRACKERS
20.pH ot bread .
21.ritz cracker$
22.soda crackers
23.white,loaf
24.wh~le wheat,loaf
CAKE AND MUFFIH HIXES
25."
•.26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
/,oT'
"~)
•
~1.1 ;-ti C:r b)':;...;;c:r s }
rage 2
.NON-EDIBLE----
.
OIL AND BUTT'ER
141.butter,canned
142.margarine
143.olive oil
.,-
FR0STI :1 G H1X
86.chocolate
87.white
FRUIT-FRESH
88.apples
89.bananas
90.grapes
91.melons
92.oranges
93.peaches
94.pears
95.other,in season
FRUIT-CANNED
132 •
.133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
aluminum foil
·Cutters·
lye
matches
paper towels
pi c or bu'hach
sandwich bags
toilet paper
toothpicks
GRAIN PRODUCTS
105.egg noodles
106..l!"l bow maca.roni
107.shell maca~oni
108.spaghetti
JUICE
MIXES (oackaged)
127.dreamwhip
128.frying mix
129.pie crust
130.sour cream
131.spaghetti sauce
MEATS.
...-
..
brown,long grain
minute
misc.mixes
white,long grain
bean with bacon
bullion CUbes,beef
bullion cubes,chicken
clam chowder
chicken noodle
cream of mushroom
minestrone
onion
A-I
barbeque
soy
tobasco
Worchestershire'
apple butter"
apricot
blackberry
boysenberry
grape
raspber}"'y
strawberry
chicken,fresh
chicken,prepared
chicken,canned
eggs,1 dozen
163.
164.
165.
166 •.
167.
~
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
114.
115.
148.
149.
150.
151 •
SAUCES
152 •
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
!.!li
1 S9.
160.
161.
162.
POUl TRY
,Pea nut butter
144.creamy
145.chunky
146.shortening,canned
147.·Wesson-
.~;<".0 ,_".;)~~.'.!!",'.-'-_
:...-..·__:-....~-._PRESERVES
apple
grape
grapefruit
lemon
orange
pineapple
tang
V-8
bacon
ham ...
hamburger
hot dogs
pork chops
pot roast
sandwich meats
sausage
steak
yea l'cutl et
applesauce
apricots
fruit cocktail
·grapefruit slices
mandarin oranges
peaches.
pears
pineapple
raisins
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.-
102.
103.
104.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115 •.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
,,"
A~
"(
!G·
I,.
~-'
..~,..A '
.\.',....
sPIC£~
- •flo,...-.,~".....""_Ii......,.\....~•
COOK lliLET
(Order by nu~bers)
Pa ge 3
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
18S.
186.
181.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
•193.
194 •
.SUGAR
195.
196.
197.
198.
allspice
baking powder
baking soda
basil.sweet
bay leaves
ch·i 1i powder
cinnamon
garlic salt
garlic powder
onion salt·
oregono
paprika
pepper.bl ~ck
ta bl e sal t
vanilla
brown.1 ight
granulated
powdered
raw
VEGETABLES.CANNED
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207 .•
i20a.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
asparagus
be'ets
carrots
Corn
'CTe'am sty 1e
whole kernal
on the cob
Green beans
french style
cut
mushrooms
peas
sauerkraut
spinae.!':
tomatoes.stewed
tomatoes.solid pack
tomato sauce
toma to pas te
VEGETABLES,FRESH
,..._-
216.
217.
218.
.219 •
220.
221-
222.
lettuce
mushrooms
onions
potatoes.10 lb •
.radishes·
tomatoes
mi sc,in sea son
...
f
..
'-"HEALTH AND SAFETY
I.Introduction
This is a brief summary of some of the important things to remember when
working on various field projects.This manual is in no way a substitute for-
common sense and experience,but can help you survive the season.You arer
responsible for familiarity with its conten~s•..
Some new employees have competence in outdoor skills while others do not.
If uncertain,ask the assistance of trained people to learn the safe approach to
field work.Her~are.some.general reminders befor~listing the safety rules
you will be required to follow.
].Field camps are generally remote .simple facilities with rather
,(.?~uncertain communications and transportation if emergencies arise.
,,
2.With few exceptions,the work ;s on water where temperatures range
from 32.50 to perhaps 450F.Survival for the average individual
is a matter of minutes in water at these temperatures.
3.Bears and moose are common.Don1t taunt wild animals and be
f especially wary of foxes,skunks,dogs or cats that show unusual
behavior,including tameness,as these animals may have rabies.
4.You will be constantly involved with ~echanical jobs from which.
injuries could result.learn the safe way and take the time
to do them right.
5.Most important,and most general of all,if it can1t be done
safely,don1t do it.
C",r-
\':
;.._--.'
:~.II.Publ ic Safety
].State work areas
(
r~While ~~ployed by the State.you are its representative to~a.
..)the pec;>le.Work areas are generally open to public inspec ..
tion and should be presentable.
b.Work areas should be maintained so as not to pose a
hazard to visitors Qr camp occupants.
(])Paths and walkways should be clear of obstructions.
(2)Buildings or other living facil ities should.be both
safe and neat.
c.State crews should render assistance.in emergencies such as
result from.overturned boats,or physical injuries.State
. ..
equipment cannot be used to ferry non-staff personnel about
under other than emergency situations.
d;.Food stores~gas and oil,equipment and commodities ..are_.the"..,_.
property of the State,and as such,cannot be dispersed
except in ~bvious emergencies.
III.Project Work
.J.Fi rearms'
-a.federal law prohibits carryi n9 fi rearms on schedul ed ai rl ines.
b.Firearms may be carried on State charter and State aircraft
if consistent with state business.
(])Firearms'must be unloaded and b"lt or cylinder removed
is possible.
(2)-Tell the pilot of any firearms you are carrying •
•
c.Firearms are not encouraged in field camps for recreation.
d.No firearm should be taken to a State facility wfthout
approval of hiring authority.
,;I""-
(.:-,.-J
'-..
-
".
e.A firearm should be maintained on each field site for
emergency"use on rabid animals or bears.
(l)An emergency weapon for areas where bears are common
,should De no smaller than 30.06 caliber witn 150
grain ammuni;ion.
(2)A bear should never be fired upon unless it ;'s con-
sidered ~threat to life or is incurring substantial
property damage.If possible,check with your super-
visor before taking action against a bear.
(3)-Any bear activity in your area should'be reported on
your regular radio schedule.
(4)Never stand bebieen"a sow bear and a cub,or between a
b~ar and its direct route of escape or travel.
(5)Don't consider a bear as friendly and attempt to
approach it for purposes of feeding or photographing
it.
(6)Rabid animals are common in the Alaska Peninsula,
,Bristol Bay,and the interior of Alaska.
2.Field projects
a.Before transfer to a field station,be sure any special
,"
health problems are brought to the,attention of your
supervisor.
b.Take adequate quantities"of special supplies such as decon-
gestants with you since these will not be av~ilable in the
field and complicate routine field ordering if requested
by radio.
,-
"I
c.Think through work assigned to you.Be certain you under-
stand directions,and prepare for safety hazards that are
likely to occur.
.
d •.Learn to use·the cerrect method of lifting;keep back upright
and k.nees bent •
.eo Don't carry overly heavy or bulky objects alone.A fall
could injure you,the item carried,or both.
f.-Drunkenness,falsification of data or records,and lack of
cempl iance with work or safety standards set by this leaflet
and your supervisor are cause for immediate tenmination.
Awareness of these standards is the responsibility of each
employee.
g.Always be sure someone is aware of your location and work
schedule so if you are not back on time,a search can be .
initiated.
h.Wear gloves when working on sharp or heavy objects.
3.Gilnetting
a.Temperatures may fluctuate.learn to dress properly to
prevent overheating and chilling •
.b.Take care of your hands~Avoid continued.wetness or use of
wet gloves.Skin dries out rapidly,causing splitting and
severe chapping which is difficult to cure.
c.Become familiar with skiffs and their usage as described in
Section 111(4).
4.Skiffs and motors
a.Before a skiff is put in the.water,it should be i~spected
for rot,1case screws and na i'l s and open seams.Make
repairs before using.An unsafe skiff which cannot be .
repaired should not be put in the water.Report it to your .
.J .supervisor and seek a replacement.
b.Be sure you have a line attached to the'skiff before sliding'
it into the water.
c.Complete the check of necessary equipment before using the
skiff.Ncrmal gear on skiffs with outboards includes:
...
(1)Outboard tank.filled without leaks.
(2)Gas hose for tank and outboard connection.Check
fOT breaks in Tubber.and missing or damaged seals
in tank and motor connector.Air leaks cause motor
failure.
(3)Repair kit containing fla.shlight,appropriate spark('c-plugs.wrench and shear pins.screwdriver,pliers,and
:\cotter pi ns for the prope 11 er sha ft cap ~
",-
(4)A pair of oars and oarlocks,or no less,than one oar
for use as a paddle.
(5)Anchor and adequate line.
(6)"Safety chain from skiff to motor.
(7).Sturdy tie-up Tines
(8)Bumper cushions if applicable.
(9)Bail ing can or bucket•.
d.For long trips,special equipment should be added as needed.
(1)Portable two-way radio,if available.
(2)Extra tank;gas,and spare hose.
(3)Spare motor.
(4)Spare propeller.
e.In shallow or .unknown water,speed should be reduced to a
saf2 lpvp1 tn nrpvpnt <~ifT nr mntn~A~m~nA
(1)Walk the hoat through shallows where motor or skiff
damaoe mioht occur.--,
(2)Be certain motor is in unlocked position so it can
ride over obstructions.
(3)Move or load foreward to reduce the draft at the
stern.
(4]
(5)
Place an observer forward to watch for obstructions •.,
Be certain all persons are seated on seats,or floor.
<(i""'''\'
r i(~~-
J<.__'
..
f.Never attempt to car~an outboard 'while'climbing over the
side of a skiff from shore or from another skiff•.'.
g.Never'attempt to mount an outboard while standing in a
floating skiff.Take the skiff ashore,and with necessary
manpower,wade to the stern 'and mount the motor.
'h.Check engtne mounting clamps frequently to be sure they
are tight.-.
i.Always use a safety chain on the motor to prevent loss
in the event of a hard shock such as striking bottom at
high speed •
j ..In the event of engine fai'ure~row ashore first,if on
river,then check for the problem.You may otherwise be
too far down river to walk back if you cannot restart the
engine.
k.Do not Ilt,inker-with the engine if it is operabl e.End1 ess
problems result 'from mis-directed energies of ,persons who,.'.
know notbingabout engines.Get'assistance from a mechanic
or your supervJsor.
1.When draining the water from a skiff equipped with transom
{'"t-~<.
iJ '._
r-;(.
\----,,-
drain plug,hold the plug in your hand until replaced in
the tronsorn.Laying it down might make you forget that
it was removed,and the skiff will flood 'flhen forHard
motion ceases.
m.Floorboards may become s1 ict from a spill of gas or oil.
Put some soap in the bilge water"and scriJb it out imme-
diately.
n •.No one stJal1 sit on gunne's or transom while a skiff ;s
jn motion.
o.While moving around a work area in a skiff,the crewmen
may need to "stand to obs.erve 1 ines,anchors or such.Crew
should keep low and inboard,and have a hand on"the boat.
The boat in such circumstances should be operated at low
speeds.
.p.Life vests or coats will always be worn on the water,
unless the crewman is wearing a wet suit.
q •.Use special care when usin"g ropes and lines for lifting,
towing or anchoring.
-(1)Remember the sailers axiom,"don't get in the bight
o'the line."A foot in a coil of rope that ;s being
used can have di sastrous resul ts.
(2)Stand aside of the whiplash path of any line or cable
under stress.
(3)When towing lines,don't wrap them around your arm,
leg,or body.Tie them to the skiff.
-(4)"When towing a heavy load~everyone in the boat miJst
sit or kneel in a braced position._If the line should
break,the skiff will lurch violently forward and may
(5)
cause injury or loss overboard.
Keep lines coiled,sorted and dry when out of service.
Tangled lines are useless if an emergency arises.
/';,,-
t,
J \"---=-'"
:c/
:5-'
(6)Don't leap ashore from a skiff in deepwater.Wait
until the boat is held ashore by the motor before
climbing out to tie up.
s.Water Safety
a.The waters of Alaska,in general,are cold enough-totause
-,
.very rapid body-heat loss,which commonly results in shock
and death.Reducing heat loss increases chance of survival
in water.
,(1)nl ong johns,"heavy socks and snug-fitting cloths act
•
as a wet suit,reducing exchange of water next to the
sk-in •.
(2)Tight cuffs,collar,and water-proof clothing help
reduce cooling.
(3)Do not flail.kick or swim in very cold water to
increase circulation.This merely increases the
rate of heat loss and reduces chance of survival~
(4)Don1t attempt to swim ashore unless it is within a
few yards.If you arewith'a boat,stay with it.
Rely on .;-our life jacket,'and walk out when ,your feet
touch bottom.'If you have fall owed establ i shed pro-
cedures,SOF!leone will know you are 'in trouble and
soon be looking for you.
(S)Once ashore,attain the warmest situation possible
and remain quiet until help 'arrives.Possibly lying
down in a sheltered spot and remaining immobile in
"
your wet oear will be the wanmest.This must be deter-..-
b.
mined by the weather.
Duration of $urvival in Alaskan seas is estimated at 15
minutes by the Coast Guard.Inland waters are both wanner
and colder than the seas.
),
c.Become familiar with approved first air techniques for shock
and artificial resuscitation described in Red Cross and
State Industrial safety manualse
d.At'the first indication of an emergency which might require
evaluation,'report to Soldotna main office so transport
to Soldotna and Anchorage hospitals can be arranged.
e.A basic of water safety is that a rescuer should not go
lnthe wate'r after a victim,thereby risking his own life.
A rope.pike pole oar or o-ther device should be reached
out to the person.
IV.Permanent Buildings
"a.Kitchen safety rul es:
(1)Keep walls,ceilings and appliances free from grease build-up.
(2)Empty paper and rubbish daily..
(3)Keep floors free of slippery material.Wipe up spills or
,r-"
(,
.
any kind immediately.
(4)Provide ventilation to keep air reasonably freshr
(5)Stay alert for oil or gas leaks near or in the structure
and repair ifIlJ1ediately.
(6)Keep a good fire extinguisher available which is rated for
(1)
"-
paper,grease and oil.Such extinguisher should be'at least
the 2 lbs.size.
b.living area rules:
(l)Do not permit build-up of oily or damp material.-Keep areas
trash free.
(Z)Provide ventilation to preclude vapor build-up ·from stoves
and similar sources.
(3)Develop strict.habits against smoking in bed.
(4)Report problems such as broken chairs,protruding nails or
other unsafe conditions to your supez:ovisor and correct
promptly.
c.Shops and storage rules.
Keep gas,oil,thinners,paints and other flammables stored
away from living and sleeping areas •
.(a)Storage should be marked as containing flammables.
(b)Constant ventilation should be provide~.
(e)All containers should be tightly covered.
(d)Where separate permanent storage is not available.
maintain storage under canyas,or plastic as necessary.
(e)Smoking is prohibited in storage areas.
(2)Remove all trash,oil rags and similar waste to prevent a
built-up of flammable material.
(3)Keep walkways and work areas orderly and clear of obstructions.
(4)Return picks,axes.,shovels and other tools to.their storage
area after each work period.In most areas,night crews must..
also use the work areas.
d.Saunas and smoke houses have caused numerous fires in field camps·
resulting in unnecessary property loss.Neither will be built nor
?t"!""""{(,'l._._"
J'
operated without the approval of the pern;anent area supervisor.If
(1)ihey will not be.built or used within 100'of any fuel or
flammables,living,work,or storage areas,or other state
facilities or.equipment.
(2)If operation or use of a sauna or smokehouse results in the
loss of state prop~rty,replacem~nt may be charged to members
of the crew at'the camp.
2.Fire and heating.
Cl.Inspect~clean and repair all appliances .prior to each season.
"b•.Always fill portable appliances out-of-doors,preferably on.'
the ground.
c.Non-portable stoves should be filled with.a funnel and nozzle-
type can.Care should be taken to prevent any spillage,but
if it occurs,wipe--up the--fuel immediately from f1 oar or
appliance.
d.Test all portable appliances out-of-doors with ad~quate ventil-
,ation until prope:,operation is assured.
e.Be certain your clothing and'skin surfaces are free of fuel
before striking a match ~r approaching an open flame.
f'.Stove installations iOn a tent or permanent structure 'must con-
fonn with items listed under part IV (1)and (2)as they apply.
to stoves and lanterns.
g.Heating stoves in tents and permanent installations require:
(1)A metal dr.i~pan for space heaters.
(2)
(3)
(4)
.An asbestos wall shield if pl aced near a wall.
Asbestos and metal ceiling or tent wall shields.-
Stov~pipe that is in good repair and adequately
supported'-.
v.EGuip~ent Use and ~aintenance.
(,'-~
•-I
..~
l;-
i~<~:
•
1.Handtools,'including po\-;e,.tools should be inspec~ed annually for
gene,.al condition and repaired use.Tools that cannot be repaireo
should·be returned to the area office.
a.Hand tools
(1)Do not stand,or permit anyone else to·stand directly in
front or in back of a person swinging a tool such as an
axe.s1edge or pick.
,(2),00 not swing an axe,sledge.or similar tool where limbs
,or brush are in the sweep of the tool •
(3)Use tools for the job they were designed to do.It saves
tools.;s more efficient,and prevents injuries caused
by breakage,chipping or other malfunction.
(4)When transporting or carrying tools.be sure cutting
edges are covered to prevent injury if a fall occurs.
(5)Don't walk with tools over your shoulder.
(6)lay tools flat and in a safe location when not in use.,
.
Don't strike them int~the ground or other surface
.which leaves one edge or surface upright.
(7)Put"tools away at the end of each work day.
b.Power tools
(l)Keep power tools arid cords away from water where an
electrical short might result in electrocution.
(2)Wear safety goggles when cuttin.g hard material with a.
power saw or grinder.,
(3)Be sure cords and wiring are clear of the tool path when
cutting or drilling with power equipment.
c.
d.
(~
~'-e.
")
,j.f.
. !
,,)
(4)Be sure blades are securely ~ounted and free from cracks
before using a po\',er saw.Frequent inspection is re-
qu;red of metal cutting blades.
"(5)Always ~nplug equipment before leaving it unattended.
2.Generators and pumps
!.Generators supply the power in most field camps,including
that for radios.Maintain them as directed and .report serious
problems immediately.
b.Don1t leave power wires or extension cords plugged in when
not in use.
Be sure gear is protected·from the weather and kept dry..
.
Pumps,generators and other engine-powered equipment should
be operated away from any flammables.
Shut all such equipment off before fueling.
Never add fuel when smoking or while near an open flame.
g.Be certain any spi1led fuel is wiped up or allowed to
evaporate before restarti,ng engine.
h.Oon1t permit operation if gas leakage is observed.Make
repairs first.
3.Safety equipment .
a.Fire extinguishers should be present in each facility,
permanent or temporary.
OJ Be sure crew knows extingu;-sher locations.
(2).Be certain extinguishers are charged at ·the start of
.
(3).Read instructions to famil iarize yourself with method of
usage and type of fires for which the gear is suited.
----
b.Safety goggl es shaul d be suppli ed at a11 camps where pO\o/er
tools are us~dt or brushing work is required.
c.First aid should be reviewed in the industrial satety manual.
by all camp personnel.
d.·First aid kits should be checked and filled before each field
season begins.Each kit should contain the following as a
minimum.
(1)Burn ointment
.-(2)Eye ointment
(3)Merthiolate
(4)Band-aids
(5)Gauze eye pads
(6r Aspirin
(7)Adhesive tape.
(8)Triangular bandages
(9)Insect repellent
(0)Gauze compresses
,.;
•
\..-..r.-'
Safety {adapted in part.from A-Y-K manual)
All crew.leade:s ~re require~to have a current First Aid card.Although
not requlred,~t 1S ~elpfu~~f everyone assigned to remote field camps
have current flrst ald traln1ng.
.ALWAYS B~CAREFUL.IT MIGHT BE QUITE A WHILE UNTIL THE NEXT PLANE
CAN GET.IN •.BESIDES.WE 00 NOT LIKE SENDING YOUR BODY HOME TO YOUR
MOTHER,IT MAKES FOR A BAD IMAGE.
'1.Water operations.When operating in or over water more than
ankle d~ep.teJ?poraries are REQUIRED to always wear personal
floatatlon devlces (PFO's).This way when you goof your body
will be easier to find.•
.Drowning,exposure or shock from falling in the water has been a
great killer of Fish and Game employees.
Whenever you fall in cold water,your only goal for survival is to
get out of the water.Don't try to breathe,if the water is real cold
you will not be able to anyway.You have to get out of the cold ·or get
your body warmed up before you will be able to get a breath.
Do not rely on your Coast Guard approved personal floatation device
to save your 1ifebecause seldom can anyone get to you in time to do
anything more than to recover your body.
Generally your only chance to survive is to swim as hard and as
fast as you possibly can.This way your body generates a little heat to
offset the extremely rapid heat loss that so quickly kills.Also.with
the heavy exercise,sometimes you will be able to ca·tch a breath or two.
Hanging onto an overturned boat while you.r body is in the cold
-water will not extend your 1 ife more-than a few minutes.When your boat-
overturns,the first thing towards righting it is to get the motor off.
Undo the safety line first.Be careful that when you unscrew the motor
from the transom that your hand or sleeve does not get hung up when the
motor drops off as it is hard to swim with a 136 pound anchor hooked to
one ann.Pass the anchor line or tie-up line through the oar lock hole.
throw this line across the bottom of the boat to the other side where
you use it to pull yoursel f onto the bottom of the boat.Stand up using
'your weight with the rope to maintain your position and to pull the boat
over.If the boat is too large to turn over,you use the rope to tie
yourself on to the bottom.Once upright.one gets into a swamped boat
over the stern..
If you fallout of ~·moving boat that keeps moving.the boat will
generally start circling i.n a diminishing circle as the unattended motor
turns itself too hard over.With rare exceptions it will never be
possible for one to catch a spinning boat without getting caught by the
propeller first.Since the boat will travel in a right hand or clockwise
circle if the motor is loose enough to turn itself~youshould always
try to swim to the outside'of the circling boat•
.Following is an arcticle on cold .,later drowning that everyoneshouldread!
2.First Aid Kits.Kits will be provided to all ·camps.They
should be maintained at all times.When something is used it should be
r~placed immediately.
Water
Water at Susitna Station·is obtained from a clearwater spring in the
area.We hav.e never had any problems with contamination and local
residents have had water tests conducted and have found nothing wrong
with it.
If you are in an area where·water qual ity is questionable you'may purify
it by one of the "following methods.
1.Boiling.This method is satisfactory if~adequate fuel is
available.80j·1 the water vigorously for at least one full
minute.If necessary,strain·the water through a clean cloth
to remove floating matter before boiling.If muddy,the water
.can be allowed to settle overnight.before pouring off the
.-clear water to boil...
2.Liquid Chlorine.Laundry bleach (like C10rox or Purex)can be used
according to the following table:
.c·~.
~~
:>~~..~---.-,...~.-.
Gallons of
.Water
Add this many teaspoons of bleach
..Clear Water Cloudy Water
5
10
.1/4 tsp.
1/2 tsp.
1/2 tsp.
3/4 tsp.
Mfxthorough1y by stirring or shaking the water and bleach
and let stand for 30 minutes.
"
3.Chlorine,Iodine or Halazone tablets:Follow the instructions
on 1:he bottle.
Rabies
Although not common in the Susitna area there is always a possibility of .
becoming exposed.A temporary AYKemp10yee had to have the rabies
preventive series of shots as a result·of skinning a dead fox he found.
Tests showed the fox to be rabid •.
If you think you have been exposed to rabies,report the incident immediately
as it ;s important to begi')medical treatment at once.Only one perso'n
is known to have survived ,rabies once the symptoms have ·shown up,and it
then took the full facilities of a large hospital to save the 6 year old
boy.
~/.\i:..1 ...--
(,r-!~
\'
Rabies may be transmitted by contact with an infected animal through
cuts or nicks on the hands,'face,etc.,besides the more common method
of being bit by the infected animal.Normal incubation time for rabies
is three to five weeks,but it may be as long as one year.'
Treatment for rabies should begin as soon as possible after possible
exposure.Treatment is usually effective,but again its effectiveness
is dependent primarily on timeliness.--=--.
THERE IS NO METHOD OF DIAGNOSING RABIES UNTIL THE ACTUAL SYMPTOMS
DEVELOP AND THEN IT IS TOO LATE.
Only the head of the animal is needea for testing to determine if the
animal was rabid.If the animal is determined to be not rabid it will
save you a very "painful series of rabies shots.If a rabies test on an
animal ,is desired,sever the head from the body and place the head in a
tight container,a plastic bag is ideal.The carcass should be burned.
_-AVQID direct contact with the animal,use waterproof gloves or p;lastic "
bags on Y9ur hands and then burn them (the gloves or bags,not your
hanQs you dope).'
Over-wintering and freezing of the carcass does not kill the rabies
vi rus.An ima 1s other than members of the dog family-may carry rabi es.
Ground squirrels have often been found carrying rabies antibodies.
,
Cuts-
When 'using an axe or,any',other,-tool,that may cut or mash,THINK THINK,
what if I sl ip.what if that:-piece of wood fli es up and hi ts me in the
face,what if the tree falls the wrong way,what"if I got my finger in
the wrong place and it gets hit with a hammer,what if•••••••'1
Fire
luckily,we have not lost any.field camps due to fires in Cook Inlet,
but it has happened in other areas and some of the people involved lost
all their gear except for the clothes they had on.They lost cameras,
'sl eeping bags:.everything,and the Department lost a large amount of
camping gear.outboard motor and hard to get fuel.The State of Alaska
lost the irreplaceable biological data the temporaries were hired to
obtain..
There are a few simple rules to follow which lessen the chance of fire:
.".-.,r
.-'--
1)
2)
3)
..
Never leave a lit stove or lantern unattended.Always turn
everything off when leaving camp,even if for only a few
minutes.
Store all fuel at'~distance from camp.Pressure appliances
and kerosene stoves'should be refueled away from camp so that
spi 11 ed fuel wi 11 no~have a chance of be;ng .i gn i ted.
Never,never,not EVER loosen the fill cap or fill any appliance
or stove while it is lit•
/'(c-
I '~-
:)
\'...,,-
4)00 not fill the outboard fuel tank while it is in the boat.
The spilled fuel in the bottom of the boat has a bad habit of
catching fire.
5)Fire extinguishers should be maintained in all camps.Extinguishers
should be placed just outside the main door of a tent..If an
extinguishers is,used,even if only a small amount of itis to
be replaced.If an extinguisher is empty or not available,
then water will be kept available at all times in case of a
fire.Gas cans with their tops cut out make good·water containers.
,
~.
Personal fireanms--
Rifles.or shotguns are never allowed in camp unless authorized by thesupervlser.Pistols ar-e never a11o\'Jed.
Boating safety
The tie.-up line should never be long enough to get caught in the prop.eller.
The motor is always attached ~o the boat with a safety chain or rope
strong enough to hold .the motor should it come off while running.
Always have a pair of oars,an anchor and enough anchor line to hold,the
boat in the deepest water you will be in.The anchor rope should be
about four times a's long as the maximum depth of the wa ter.Always
securely tie or anchor a boat after docking.Unattended boats,have
drifted away and it is·a long walk back to camp across the water.
PFD's are made to wear,not to sit on.You can be terminated on the
spot if you are not wearing your PFD when in water deeper than ankledeep..
Shotgun.
The shotgun.is for protection from bears and therefore it should be
ready to use at all times.Keep the shotgun in an area where it ·is
protected from the weather and yet is very easily accessible in case of
problems.The shotgun is to be kept loaded at all times.Be sure you
{~know exactly how to use the shotgun.Make 'sure you..:takce.,.a,gua.to the
~sonar shacks each time you go.
,;
A bear 'is to be shot in the HEAD ONLY,use a body shot for rabid.animals
other than bears as the brain is.needed to diagnose rabies..
Bears are seldom a problem unless you cause'them to be one.An animal .
that becomes use to people,especially through encouragement by feeding,
tends to become somewhat civilized and then as with any civilized animal,
problems will occur.Other problems can·occur when you or the bear
suddenly come upon each other at close range,when you get too near a
mother with cubS,when you get too ,close to a bear's food,and when you
act afraid and run from a bear..
.
Since food will attract a'bear,keeping 'any-attraction out of camp is
very important •.Food or the odor of food,including garbage should
never be where any bear can get it."Never clean fish near camp,try and
keep fi sh sl ime out of your boa't and keep all spawned out fi ~h away from
camp.Dirty clothes,especially if they have a strong sme11lng grease
like bacon or grease fish were fried in on them,can attract bears.
To run and/or show fright aro~nd any carnivorous animal,be.it a pet dog
or a wild bear can cause it to.come after you.The best thing you could
do when close to a bear that does not run from you as soon as it sees
/1"'"you is to charge towards the bear to the nearest tree and get your selfr._/about 15 feet {5 meters}above the bear.The direction of your charge
"-.-'"can be almost at a right angle from the bear,but never should it be in
the least amount away from the bear.00 not get too high in the tree as
you need to see what the bear is doing at a-ll times.Brown bears,
except for the young,do not climb trees.Black bears do climb,so they
need more care if one chases you up a tree.Try and pick a small tree
A.~ea~·attacks wi~h its mouth and almost never will it strike or hold
wll.h 1tS claw unt1l it has a hold with its teeth.Bears most ah-iays
come after another animal,man,caribou,sallnon,or each other with
"their.head low.Even.wi~h the largest of the brown bears,it is an easy
shot lnto the top of lts skull.Even 7 1/2 bird shot in a 20 9a.has
killed a charging mother brown bear.'-
Camp is"supplied with a 12"9a.shotgun and slug and buckshot shells.
"'hen you have to shoot a bear,shoot for the sku 11.The buckshot wi 11
easily penetrate the skull,killing it inmediately.Any other place,.
even a heart shot,will not ki 11 a bear quick enough to 'prev-ent it from
mauling a person.
Never try to scare a bear away by shooting it in the hind end.'It just
makes for a sore and mad bear.Often a shot near the bear will do the
job of scaring it away.Any bear in camp more than twice $hould be
removed"with extreme prejudice.
Since bears have p~or eyesight,they will often stand up on their hind
legs to get a better look.Never shoot a standing bear,they are curious
and are only trying to see what is there.It is not the curious bear
that charges ,unless you give it cause to,'like running from it.
If you have to kill a bear,a full report normally must be written.The'
skull and hide,if any good,is to be saved and turned into the office.,
The'skull is to be boiled and cleaned before it rots.
Since the shotgun-:is only for protection,it is to be in a handy location
and loaded at all times.Be sure that you and everyone else in camp
knows how to use the sho~gun.it might save your life.
Always'let someone know or leave a note as to where you are gOlng if you
leave camp and when you will be back.Do not deviate from your route so-
,if you do not return we will know where to start looking for you.
.,;
(p-
l
\
-
I
•
'=r ::\01'inlcr~.1tia"c:a !c:a:::-::;!~!=ty.=cn:ae:-:.'-:e ~'ltt:Sl
:~st G.:ard C~::a.:
-·
·'i~"-!C;~":'~:'M ,
t\~~..::at t:I~.t
~..1 ~•~'A..0:'c:s
~,..:50::..:.",.2
S.Cf ~r"'.f s:,1'et
:1'.L.OUts.....0.5.1102
:sec:aOS'i!AM:.
icrwertlOl'°.b:atlCS
:S"N YCRJC.,NY.10004
~SCG SCSlVoM 5
.Jl0a-fDrd SUMt
'ORTS.tOU'TH.VA.~05
:SCG ICSTEAM 7
:3 w.PlIC'''',Suit.700
nA.'d1;,Fl.33130
'SCG.aCST!AM a
31gPar..rson Road
,LCIEItS.LA.7(1114
ust:·:;!CSi'!.A:.~9
lea WaU !lreef
HUnON,eM."0:9
USCG !OSlZ':'M 1"t
C~ast G~rd !uc ..ermit'al Is.
SuiICII"'&
~N PEOFIO.Co'..!0731
USCG aO~AM 1%,
U.$.Na¥y C=mmunic:3tiOft Sa.J
STOCK70N.CA.9S203 (
USCG SOSTE;.w 13
NSA S.ncs P=inc ;$£ATT1..~WI..98nS !.
USCG8CST'!.AM 14 \
n Ala Mean.Sives.:
HONOt.ULU.HL 960313
USCG 50STEAM 17
1'.O.lox 2471
ANOiORAGc.AJC.99510
U..S.Ca:artmant.-.or I ra:-:s:cr..=tlcn
Ncvemcer 19'(7
.,
\.
Gold
o.
•..D '.f.J11Il sj1l.·lOU~~..IPlater .".Lifi
J;f III -Lease on -A tle'1J .
R,U.S.Coast Gu.a,d CirK':ot'of Auxiliary:
so ~.St.51 $O..V.Firn A".
:lS7'ON.MA.0%1'<1 MIAMI.Fl.33130
1=~c!.ral S149-
Po O.3cs J·5000
...·l:NOU.~K..g9801
..,...:.'-.-
Mlc~v..sG-n·t(
CG·51
•.4.-...-...
....Il .""":;.:.::...
-..-:",-~.-.
....,;:,..-..
--.--...-..
....-....-.......,....-••-.•_a:f"";;-':....
._..11....-..._-
:
f,·
·.-
T •
'.
,
t
i,
r
•.lit
..
Joe .1la Mc~a at..ct.
HONOt,ULU.HI.95a50
91 S See:nd ~..e"\l.
SEATT1-!.WA.,98170&
~o Sansom.Sc.
UN PiiU.NCJSCO.CA.9U2S
~sos.Main Sc..
Ut.TUKa crr,'f.UTe 84101
Sox 480 e..11.Station
Warn"&e..Genese~Sa.
UGJNAW.ML ~8oO&
:4'20 S.Littcon M."'ori~1 0,.
MJLWAl.:X%:.WI.53;a7
400 OC..II Co1ta !I¥CI.·
LONG aeACH.~90822
2721 N.C4.,uaf ~ve.
PHOENIX.A2.asooc.
60t RocJn,io,.1I Ave.
CLEVELAND.OK.£4t14
""~I.I!I~..ss F08
Heft O;:rt.~NSo LA.70130
1240 Eo gm St.
Ct.£VEUNO.OK.4.:.199
----------.-.-
//"-
i
t -/
\
l.,.%.as.:.Oeoot
'::lTI.A.NY.12:>03 .
030&i82
~;USaURC.PA.,\710a
Crawford Sl~
1n:.1ClU7'"rf,VA.~3705
!)9t11 A".""••1.
i,SifY.11.L!.TN.3721:13
i~ol'l Wand
W YORK.NY.1000&
•i al'lCl C~berfa'll=SIS.
OUC3S'T';rl CITY,NJ.CSCOQ
....0'SU'nC
f1wClNNAn.eM.45202
!
1po Olf".Stn.c
;.l.ours.Me.&:1'03
;0 N.t2:rt $1.
~l.OUIS.r~,a.63101
:i.Air rore.aIM
l .......QUnt.MA.0250&:·
c~'1.(I~,08
..MN.!S11'
•
,
\...'
..
I..
I
I,
I
I
!
I
I,,,
:1,1
.'
.
I"
l
I
,J
v
---....-:?o=;%==--.:!:!~~~~1f~~.~-=-.-.~:~~-~~.-~.s-:-
CO 1,1)WATEIl
'HlOWN1NG
VICTIMS
MAY I.IV I~,
,
/.(
\..~.'.."."-'"• •
j~.-'-),".....:../.
• I
••
)
.
t
!,
•
"E Jll~1(}'I'RA n AI'I'/(OXIMA nu,r /1.(100
J'I~OI'(,~IJ/COWN,MilKING IJIlOII'NING 1'IIE
,11/IIUJ LeA/liNG ell USE OF ACCIl)/~N'I"Il,
,...nr;A7'IlIN 7'IIE UNl1'ElJ S1'A1"RS."(Mnliun,,1
SaCCI)'Council).
•
'rleat 8tnli5tir.i8 IIIn.lo eyen lIIorn Irnl~lo
J't;ClllUIC ill ""Y cif lhuse c1l~lllhll IUlly 1111\'0 Imcm
Avo'hlt:.t.:nucclIl ....,.Iienl u:scnn:h hilS h"licnttll1...
Ihal viethu,.\"lao..ill Ihe I'ftllil IUlvc ImC!lI COli-'
l'iclc!rccl hcy ...u1',cll'.'mny 1..,\I"Yeel .1clIl'ilo
lunG I'uluncrgc,"cc nucl Ihe nh$cnco "r nllY "i,;..or lirc.,'I'hill il\Illuliculnrly lrue Ir the!wnll!r
is r..."r("lO"III .If lu\Ycr)Rue1 tit.,"h:lill1 i,Y\JIIII(~\;
..'..hift 1'1.,np"lc~t is i,IIlCIUlcc1 Iv I,r't",hh:lin:inru~.~Q
f.Ir.•...-':..~..&.-_-"-"_.....,~-'__.;.._.•,l._~)t,,.._.L,.,_._~-~·
This IJOlnllhlet Is based,
In IUlft,on Infonnotion
provldod bV Dr.Martin
Nmnirof,As~istulltProressor
Pulmonary Division,University0'Michigan Medicol,School.
Ills JlUbllshcd:n$'.,
• 0 coo,Jcrativc,elfort ot
tho United Sthtes'CooSl Gunrd '
ilnd tho Michlgil,nSco Grant ProUrom.'
For oddl t1ol,nl cOJ)Jes and
furlher inrotnlutlon,cO'Hoct:
I.\L
.NOllrult Coost G\lRrd QHico
,.'..\.or ~
,MlchiUilh Soa Gronl
:"'"hlh:nllo'li Orneo-!I
;1nn nOIlI"!!,,1 "'v,t.','
.,
I
I
I
I
I
I
,,.
)
•i
I
I '
I
I
i
•
..
J,
.f
I
I
,
. I•
I.j \1\
I
\, .WIIAT TO no
IN A COLD WA"'l:~ll EMEllC:I~NGY
•",IIC nee (II lIIe VIClim
•.Huw \YeU &hc rescllcr,do Ihcir jul.e
,.
IV.00 1I0~give "I"IJnOWNING 1'lcrlMS
I,OOI(IJl~A IJ,1'''cir _I,ill is blt.c nll,l l:tJhl II,the
IUJu:le.t.l1l!ru Is no cluh~c(nl,le henrI hClIl or •
hrlm,hiilg:'l'ho cyce Arc fixcd nllcl clilnlml,RII,I
lh~rq ie no ulher f\ign of liCe.lIowcvcr.if lhe
W"Ir.~\\'118 told lhere is 81m R gllotl cllllncc ur
&urvivlli.
I.elm,r lhe lIir I"ISUg"nll,1 hegin IIIulllle·lo·
1II0Utllrc:SCIIC Itr'::I'hiug ulIIl cxlClrllnl'hCllrl III:'S."OC;~
(CI'Il)IMMF.I)/Ar£/~}'.1)0 N01'worry nhuII(
l~r.lling·w"lc~r 0"(or lhe viel jill 'B I"ugs • "lhe
hOll)'\Viii nIJl'o ..(,il 'Iulekly.
II.I'mvcnl lhe viclim fr,;",lUlling more ItUlly
hC:III,hill DO NO'r rnwnrm the victim,l"'l'rctpor
tc\vilrnaillg IIllly IInnn lhe vic:lim,.
111.Gel lhe vicUna 10 lhc "corc51 IIImlim,1 fnr.ilily
QUICK 1.1 Y.Cl'll mnsl he continlle,1 IIl1inlcrml'Iccl
Ulllil lice victim i8 ","ler lhc cnre of cU"'I.clo"I
Incllicnl IJCrson"cJ..,
"
".
. I
I
I
!
I• I
I.!'
'..I:.'.'.V.;;CI"hlrcul IUIII youug l)cf)l'lellrc lhe 11",,1,.
,frclluclIl drowning vieliJl~s.IIcnvcvcr.tho)'nrc nlsai:gc~o,~c.""fi,lnll::s for rCfluscilnliu".dnco Ihuy h,,,'c n
"",orll prullounced It JJh·i"g Jlcnex,II I"rcer-nrch ftl
• .tI~t)tJlli,er5ily of Micl.iU.m lIoltl'illll,I\vu,lhircls fIr
I I'I II I'·'·I(,,I ~c ~o,wl:lcr c ro\Ymll~v'CllU'ft I Inl "'1~tU IIU':CCfI'(".t-J ,IIYI r,~r"l"clllllcll \Vere a~ym,n uld nml )'I".ul~Crt "",vl
•.',.hulr.nl.t.~r.Jllt!,~ol.~rc.~....t II ...",~••",,,,,,,•I •••••••,.I~..
WilY CAN SOI\II~COI.n·WATEIl
IJIlOWNING VIG'rlMS SUJlVIVEl
J ~...""m:1I\IKlllm!..UII 111"r'"It1 nllcl ('hlliGed IlIlu 'un -
:I,:c·euvcrccl 1'0"'1.t ..I.o cnr rulled ovcr.t~limial;lli"g
nil nir J"IItIt"~"trlar.youlig 111.11 lIlm~I;le.l,inluII.:d
"':tIer,nllli 10111 cOlllmiulUUlcM.'Arter an mllllllr.n,:
n~st:lU!r"1"llImlllllit~1 1~lIt ~t~~hp,vR~cr.Since lie l
,hu",,:.1 "V 81';"8 or.hr~,be "vn8 dcclllrcil clmlll nl I',
the l':CC!IIC.!,""
While I;cillg hIR,t.:il iull)lla'ct'nll~J,lIhIllCCI lhe •~
$III'I'UIi'!llIy lit,:less ))I),ly gRl"I,~,t '~I;lrtllml n~1I':IIt~r8 ,
illllln!llioh:ly JU:eIUi n:\'ivnl ,errurls.AlII:r n Ilil~J.·i!
f:l'c!I:c1 RIII1",I:t1icc run lu 1110 Uuivcnlily of Michignn .;
IInf;l'ilnl,~lol;~C1rs rC6118,:il"I~11 him rur Iwo hOIll'S,.:
Ii'ullowiilg'HI ",otu,l,ours'uC Jr(~$JfiI'nlory 811111u,rl,
Iho )',mug lH~n,~v,uko "II nnd,'rcc~~,'~i7.,:(,1 his
lIIullwr lli,Ii"lI III his hl'll.-hlc.'
. I..nler,Ihis''''Iilt:')'u"n"~n'nlll'~IH~,J ill A·
grReles "t coll'·Jtu.lie I"Is .url'rise,1 duclors \Vho
mll'c'~"!II Ie,",!",irruy,mdIJIr.,Itrllin d'III1"I;"in I"'Y~
cllm t1"l'rivllIl or uXYl;c"fur lIIorc lhlm rom
lIIillll Ics.
,'.
f,
I,
I,
I
SIIII,Ic:1I rlll:C r....ulnel wilh colcl \filler (hr.lo\\'
70·Ii')"ulllt'li",r.IUllchcs orf ..ItI'imilivc r"',louSC
.'CIIII':11 lhe "lIInlllllllllinu cliving renex.'·This
cOIII!,lex ,crics or Inuly'rc&I'0''''ce ,hllia orr hluml
r.irc"lttli""lu ~'''J51 purls ur lhe hOlly exccl'l Ihc .
."r.ntl.1"',&11.nll,1 Im,in.'n"","hal lillie u!lygen
rr.mnius ill l"claluoII gel'IrRm~l)oricll '0 Ihe Itrnin
where It is Itcr.llccl lho lUosl.E".m ll,ullg"lhere
'1Il1)'he Yery lililc uxygclI in lhc MOUlI.il cnll Ite
cnuug",illce l'lcr-oulcd "roin rc,.uirr.s umdl less'
CtK.YI~e"lhnu "utllllil.'I':
,Whiln "r.k"ulv lillie nltunl Ihe I"ullnll ,Ih'ing
(\,1,'..,,,!itliU~lll luu",'Ihnl clivi,,"1IIIIIIIIIIIIIs like
.'y'/'~Vhllll'''1 l'otl'~,i"r.8,tUIII lu'obl cll'.,,:...1 UI!n fli",ilnr
,.
,
•
••
•
,
•
't.••
,:~.:.........
.~._.
;.
•...-.
-.;...:.....
.r-',
~,I~"f~,
(
,tit
"'----_.__....-...-.-...:.-._---.----
,2o
o~>.•"_.
>z---~'-
---,'.--.-o.
c.
d--"
G"
-,'
t
.:.
/
'1.i:
•\1)
,!,
.,
I ', I
iii !j .r •
!',i f,.,
I •,'
.I ,';"l'
I
,i..
",, r
I ,IlI~${j5Cl~I'A'rrON
(uri n,'IlO,\VNING
VleTJ~I$
• !,1
II
I'
,(,
1
J ,.1:~
.I,I
I'!:"m cHm IIRml 1Il ..lt!t ,lell",'"m:clc,
1'IIII:t~oll ...r lUllul nil ,,It:IIIII',.run'lamul flU "Iut
IIIIIIIIt.111111 turdi"UI'r mill dmtU 11m nUll!!.un gmilly with hnutl mull~r IIm:1c.\vhil.,IIII~!I.
illg ,lln~1l ",ith 11111111 Ull Cmdlr,"I,,Thill "ill
ml.lm 'll'Ihe Imdc.111111 UI":II Ihe tI'r IUlASIIg"t'l ill
I'le "nat IlInjurily or CMeft •
,
I
I
I,,
"
\(,,
....",:.'-\.
.
n,·"""'\;I'a.'I'"..it'n R'~III~rlll ~h:rlll which t~uVt:rs 1111 .
•if IIII!jllIl'II'lllh'l!S lRlu~1I In r(!Rlorc:lift.or .:UIIllduliS.
".'';1\In'alii ht,livhh",'"h..III "J',mn~III'y ,1.,...1,
'l1u'I&I'un'Il!lIll"'"IlIdUlln IIrli ridlll ,.'lIl'lrll"nll ht
n'"lun'lIurmnt tl~"l'irnlury flllll!liulI,lIIul t~xh!rnlll
tll'llrl 1I11111"ntt.·h'r.~~lor..IIHfIllIl'1.....rl'lmll.
I\IUII'h."\.lIl11n'It ~J'"1~I~Jlllta·hJ'''I'"''Ilrliriclu'rt'Hpirll e
''i"..Ilh,,"I,''U'III11rh!.1 III o Ill!"!III lilly CUM wh,li'"
!tn'lIl hill~hill'.·.·IIl'I!,I.
(111)'IIrh'r IIrlifidlll rl'ill'iflllh.~11 luus IJt!r.t I Illililllr.d
111111 nr"'r II 11m.Imm.d~h'rtnhu!el Ihnl the I"mrl
h;,l'flh'lll'r,l,almuM cx "'wal 11{~lIrl ,~,n'5I1gu bto L
'1I111rh't'1..,,1 t!Oll1hillCd wilh nrliCh~iRI'rcspirlltiull tu
Rh'I'"un nilI'""nn'"I'1 rt!ttlUmit,~I iUII,
'n ..,r"Huwlll"lcclllli'lm!1J "1",,,1.1 govern cllflllo'
""llImnlny rC~lUici Inllc)'1 (q'll)Ilfocctlurc81 ';,,
!i·1
.l\1ulllh·lo·M .."lh nrcnlhlug
I.Tills iRA 1,Wlll'S"tatrlr.IJ firat,p ...1 Ihcll lin:
um:cl'"itiy rur ex lertl~'/'mn,l "III511ngel"cider·, I '
111111 ...• :!f I
2.l'hu:I'\'ieU".'III hlll!I!lII~:lc.
u.K''''''I ItI~..i,II::the "h~~hn""huultl,;r.:,(,.,
'••(;1"111 '1111:,;il;lhu'a tllf"Uh nm'"ir IJIIl'lUe6cs er..:.·)
'.....a....t.Ai ..,i..l..t ..n'~."1'••-'i .Ji'l..it.t:L .A
1.
J
,•
~t
---
o.hiilllllly,ghr.the \'ieiitlt rllm.(4)'I"it:k Im:,;lhll
,,,illt'ulil lnh:rrllilliem,Ihem 1111..1:n ,h~e:I'"re·'I.h
(1IIJOIII "Yice d,c'nurllllll).0IJCII yOUf tllImlh
\Yteh~,.,II\\:c '0m lIlulIlh uY9r the \'Icllm',
mUlllh,nllll,blow.
-~
--'"...
I~
.,J
),
iI '.
I;
9•,,,
i•
.II
••
,.
I''
)",II 'i
lIIu"t""1If1 crill.'e)\YC~t J""'hu"o Iml"mm Iftu
""111111 mut rill[~e~r.lin jt",lwI\C "I'''lln',,,,,I.ling
~l ill thi8 fluRiliu""hUe y"n cnnli"""tn I,,~r·
form III em IIt.lu·III e...Ih hren thing.
.
In Ichilclrcm RIlII i"rnlltll,n lellser nmollnt (.f nir
ill~,cce:flRl'Iry.lit i"fn,,18,tlte RnlO"nl of nir Ihnt
cn,i 1",.1,,:lel·In YUllr r.l1C:cJ(~IIIlly be !Ill rtlchml.
'l'hp reRCller 1Il,,!!t eovr.r IlOlh lhe lIIu:,II.01111'
lIusa oC tl",inf"lIt ur chiM "ilft hiA IIwulh."
III rill Ie lim IUllgs Ollce eyery llm:r.ne:concl"(1 I).
2U I'er ",i"ut,,).Foreer,,1 hnd\\Vllnl lillillg IIf
the illr.lIll'&herllt tullY "I,."II'"et Ihr.Im:nthjng
l,nMIlK,cs •.'I'hcrefore,elu 1I0t cxnm;crnlc lhe
henel HIt 11U~lioll.,
M~)lIll'rh)ol"'(lC r,rcllthillC IIIAy,I",cnrric:cI ,,"l
\'usit'lt "'\tch lit"II1lllle h:chnielnn 1111 fur mOll,h·.
tn.mnuth,ie~mll't.oC r.nurll"~,11m Vic:tilll'B ",,,"tlt
is ,IIe:1«1.!clc~tmellwl,ilc YUlIr 1I",lIlh 18 plnceeJ over
tim vicUIlI's nUliC.I"
If yUII nrc~husHn"I tu "hu:o,ym'r;1I10U lh ,~v~:r
lhe vic.t hn 'II,;11Illisfnctory 'mnutle.hi.moulh
ltren thilll~111ft)'he enuie!1 "lit I htuugh n hnt'
lu:rchh:r.Air"")',,nUl'htl,.:8allUlllel IIut I'l,'Jj
use,1.N"I"~,ly~.rt~IJ'f'lJI,,u,~utolls "hC'llIlt~.
(I
14.
19.
J
i 15 •
it
;:J....
.
..........,......."".v,\;nllurUIl nu",1l ..UlIlI.••
II.Jr thc,dw.,l ;tI~Cft,I"()t ,ril'u.une'or IIICJrC'Il«tho i
rullo\YfllG'~OI"lilie",1I exist"'lIIell1lUlIt tir.cor·
reclt"I:i"l:,!,•••i i
,n.i Airrcnk ...',,!\i!i',:,,:.'I
(I:),Mnl..c flUfO duel 'there 'is nl\nirlichi IIc,,1
I I ,,!'.he:hyc,~ni 10\1 ..lIIu..th Rlill the vh:lhu'li
I'i","",."mtt,I,,,,,Ihe~I.Ql1l ,m lhe'vi.:tim'.IIUIIO
Is 8m:llre..
h.Ainvny ol,slrncllon (more liIu~ly " :Ii
(I>'IIImrl y!uU~r(i ..,lige:r)1I \~I~vi tim"s./.i
multt"nllet remove RIIY fore i,;"o),jC~IIl"
~(I\I:e te:..~th,CIC.,>.vumit.III tUor J~h",elj
(2),;::::~;,'.I~'h~'·,:;~\~i'(hl ,~ilC vi(~~i",Ult l~iB II
1':II:k.Iltnnltlln his Ildvilt ."l1l t,with una;
I1l1lU I Ulli h'I'of,II",ullmr,~hrllftt
furcefully illio the IIJ'l'cr "h.'ulllen.I
'n,i"CUlllltrr.Me:1I lh"lelll~",,1111 ,'::tl'ul".'
thn rc~&i,lulIl lIir In tim 1""g8;"'he I
fureign ubje,ct wil'ofhm 1m,)out of.I
tin:victim's windpipe li1tC a curft rruml
n hollie.A Hcr,om]I,erllon,if n",ilnlll,,·.
IlllUlIlcI he ran ely to rcmuve tl,c fordgll'
IIInllcr Crolu tI'e llloutll.It tlte "Ictim I
vUlllile,his mouth ,huuM be clcnnccJ J
uut hnmcelintr.1y hy tiullillg the I.cod ,j
10 0110 liele R'"lwJl'hlg olll lhe 1lI01lih
with your (iIlGCnI or I tloth.
(
\~"•
".
r
I
J
I
I
i
I
I
..
,.
I
I.
. I
Full:r"",....
(r.II'J";,,I.)
Im..,l.rl"
(1IIu:I\)
.Jlrr.ss,ire vetl":ftlly IIU\V,nVllrtI m u ....,..,.DD ~..-
!ower hre:lsll,ullo.
!I(
..
Ul,·~rortO
I ,
11 elliitIiUlco
(I"wer I",U
"C ...Iroru",,,)
1O.'I'hcm ruluRllo I'n:l\..mro hllli,mlilllr.I y,C:II III I'rmJ'
slun nllcJ rdllJmtlulI n..illl 110 of ml"nl clnrllliull.
Un lIul rc'imvu 11m luml of 10ur hnllil froll1
lite "iet'''''ll eln:II'whr.1I tlld l,n'.flllllrU 18 relr.11sml.
,I":lurn thnl Ihe "n:ssurr.i8 cOl1ll'lcltly tdr.unml
1\0 Ihlll 11m LrcII8thullc ruWrnll'til ils "orullil
rel\lilll;1'1I11i1 lion Ll:lwe:cn cOllll'rc.llitiuns.
It.'11.e:hrcAlIIlhollc sholllci ho cOlIIl'rm'6'HI 1~10 2
Illchell,~o;r ,",Illite.For fllIl,,1l ehitclrell ollly lhe
hcel ~r.~,II~;,hnn~Is usc,l;for iufllnts,onl1 llle:.
lil'lI or lho mlclclle nud in,lex riI'f~'ir nrc tlsc,l tu
ClJlIIl'rr.all Ihe lItcmlllll.In ...nnll ehilclrclI nml
)lIrlli.lft,the hr.ltr'liel higher ill the d,cltl RIIII
edernAI CUlIIl'tcllfllulI 81101lid :1","PI,liml u\'cr
.tI,,:mid-slernum..\
12.'(110 cycle h.rel ..:nlml Go·no Ihllcs!I,c.r mhm In
In ndultll,00·]00 lilUCI in thiltlrcn.lucl ,'um'"
tIC!ill d Jr'lUoI1r"I,yclll"ic fliSMuII.I
18.Kecl'yo"r fillet:rlt nWIlY fmm Ihe \'Ietl"t'.tit·
~,~~~:~~~.'t..f:~j~~;~~~:!'~;'Ir:!~i;:~r~:R ;~;nf'l I;~,!~II:~~~ulc;;'chP
~~~~~~
"
11
I•
.,
'!.1
I.I"\\,(I,.,j
,!.i j j (~.d
.,!\• ,
",I
1"""""'1 'I"''''''',U'I~'.'!'Q'\\""·_·~·V'·~·I •••••••,..,••V"".'It scc if extr.r~,~1 I.l\~~rt .ln~~aGc .houltl J,U'..'
.Inrh~il..,.
.n.Il ill "cc,l~..l 0I,1y;~i~',I,lj~c..~'itiart t'~1 st0l'pcli.
~,.III III111iy CA6C1i,'.the ,In;i,li~tiull~(nrtifidnl
trt;l'irlltio,l~,vlJl hc:!~urflrrlcnt\to CRuse
rr.511IUllliOIJ,,~,r,U,p 1,~~rt~IC~RI~.
2.CllccI\(ur I'ulse.'.
n.'I'he 1u:61 pUIRC to check IlIlhe cllroli,l I..
I lim'neck.'I'hla ill "',,rgc nrtery Iylnr,c~OSO
to tho IlIr(nco Of'eJther.icle uf the A,I"m',.
!1." '
AI'I'I.,.J'~ncliccrccUlig your own cArotid
1'"15C..
a.Chcc~k Ihu I'""ill..'
n.Jr the fllIl,ils nrc dffnl~,J nml dn lIot call-
flttlel (,;':1 ..tllnlh:r)wli(lll light flils IImm,
lite Muml rlQ\V (0 Ihe'hrnin i"lnsurridr.nl.
4.rr tl,,:re:Is 110 pulso nndlor the 11II1.illI arc
,liIutml 111111 ,10 nol eC)IU'lrl\~t,fllnrt ,:xh:rlllll
hCllrl IUlIlC""(tC:..
5.(i'"r cXh:rnul henrt IIInslu,~o'to I,e:crrm:tiy(~,Iho'
vic:"",tIIusl 11o 011 R rirlt1 ."rrncn,I.e.,grollltl],'.
"1,indJOlInl,or flunr.
l!.l,uclIlr.1If1lch RI 10lt of Incnllihulln.
7,l.m:"lu lit.,I..,ver end of lho btcmslltollo.
Grl?nl cure muet b,e exerelserl flot lu 1,Incu YOllr
Itllnd ovnr II,c li.t ot the brclIslLolln <xil'hoitl
I'rocr.lI~).
O.I Mr.RSIlrC ,twu nflgcr",h~l~'•.IIJl.rr~Jln the xil'llOlcl
Ilroccss"R",II 1.lnce the hecl or ono IIA11cluver .I :
II,e lower ulle-third or ItrcnathollC,"nd the
e'II,,:r hnnel.ion (01)or the \nr~t"I ...
'"
.I.,.....
f,
'I
I,,
i
i
I
I••,·,
1,
I,
,
Ir•I
i
i,
I,·I
"-,
J~..""./-"
,I.'Jr tWit!1'1:8UII':1'8 ";U'Int:••~~It,Ilu:y RIIltIlI.i \York(I.''--~AS (u!lawlU"':i,I ,I .!",I 'I,''.,',~.'...
,"."'I~"li'V','..."",.~A"....t1."""'-"'".····'-..·b-......,,1lI
IliIl lie ,ndmiuill\cre,ll,l,'fh,isl\c,nll Lc m:lunged by'
illll~rrlll'lillg C"lr.rnnl.hUltl,U1n!lflll(;U evcry I G
IU::llli (0 ,give two (2),Ie.".,lung iIlO.li,,"A.'
IIm~nn:ic ,of Ihe illh:1trul.liUl'SI irOr Ihe hlllg '11I(Ia·
linll,'lin lilllgl'n rescucr 1Itt15l n"millislcr cRch
fil:l'icll of 15,dl,I:sl1r.oml'l'C;ssiuus,lit II ilion'"i
rlll'ill rille,no e~lIIl'rcssiclIIll PCI'millule,in '
unler 10 nchic~~nil,:,cIII;11 cIunllf(:~sic)1I nile
,uf ~O cJ},.nl'r~:~icm~n~r "Ih,ule,The (\YO C'\!'~II
innlllinnft 111111'(he Rllllllnlslcrcel III fl',iclt flue·
cellsioll.witll!"R IJcrlutl or 5 Becollcls.'VO
N07°ulluw rull lllllg cxlllliniioll hchvccn
Im:lIlhll.
,,
;•
I
I
t,
I•
:JJ(:gil1~c:xlcn~1I1 hcnril mn","'"G'"
fit I Ilnllo
•.Ii <:"11/1\C'''''l trr.Miollll
Itnle or ~O/lllin
I Full 1,'111'1,,0 ..1I1I1I
,
Soma AdiUlionnl li"ncluu In
CnrlUulmlennllllry ReluUlcHn,Uon
1e '1'1,,:vicUm 'a alulUnch Inn)'IJncmllc IUsh:mlml
wUh nir.Allhu"Gh 11,1'11 hi nul 1IIIIIR.~r""8,it'"
lII11y IlIh:rrllrn wilh hml~I"n ..linn.II lUll)'"Ifll)
hlllitmiun t,lfJf:lu:cI'ninv,,)'.It '(!IIII hn n:ll"~I(i,...1
It)'Applying IJrf:tlsme (lv(:r llco "lolUllch wilh
11m IJIIIIII of )'ollr hRIIlI.'l'lci8 cX(Jds Ihr.nir
hnl nillY nl!lo .IeR11 10 tl~l;urgilnthm uf II",
}i",,,"n,:h I:ullhml",110 yo""iil~1 IIC rmlll)'to
tl1rn Ih""it ..I""'a 11I~11I1 10 cllm fti.lu 1111,1 1:11:,,,'
tnl(Hm IImulll wilh )'ullr fin,~.:rH ur n c:I"III.
•2.Cnr.liul'"lfllullllrY fl:SIUU:it;lliutl i OIlCU Alnrlc:II,'
1II.ls,hc conlinllml IInlli NlClllilliHWils Itumlltillg
nmll,,~nrllfUlIl f ..:Cllr or unlil Ihe vit:lilll ill
1m"'...!""'cr \UII Ilh)'"icinn.'III 1111111)'CI1I'I""..,
I"ift 'Yill 1111;""thllt II,,:ilr",mlhttt~lt UlCII~t I"t~";',)
cCJlllillln:d Wllir.~Ihe:vic:lim h.I,,:illl;Irnll~l'nrf~)
"
"
I
"
:1
.I
D.~o"!I,ro/l.,lol\
I
I!I·
I
f I,
,,•,.'I,
I ,I •·
I!I t ··1 [i.'~1/'
I [I •i·
",,"
J;l ~I ,I .,
"'.
A.
.
)5:2 lhliu '.
15 crll:~l C"I"I'fc.,lttl~,n..leM 'OOfmill'"."~,
2 Quid,I.une I"n.llull'),
,·
·,
j
I,
,,
1
•
\t~._/
"'\
!ij,"."
N
•Palmer
·WiUow
I 25 mites
..
N
/
;'
COOK INLET
(r
t
N
\(~
(
t-
,
5C,l.lE
5EE"""'""3~=::::::.....-;==t=:::JE3==:£O============:5~HILES
-<
:2
.1--"U)
~
U1
,,
I...,,-,~,
f-J,
#11',
~,
~I:I,
Ii
I
-----_._-------._--------_._------""'--...-.-
Cr..
Talkeetna R.
N
PorfaQ8 Cr.
Indian R.
Talkeetna
II ..._---_
,-.
\I,HOW TO FIGURE LINE PARTS
To help figure the number of parts of line to be used tor a given load
or the line pull required for a given load,the following ratio table is
provided with examples of how to use it.
5 PARTS
OF LINE
4 PARTS
OF LINE
2'PARTS 3 PARTS
OF LINE OF LINE
1 PART
OF LINE
RaUofor Ratio for
Number Bro,.ze Anti-Friction
ofPal1s Bushed Bearing
GlLln.Sheaves Sheaves
1 .96 .98
2 1.87 1.94
3 2.75 2.88
·4 3.59 3.81
5 4.39 4.71
6 5.16 -5.60
7 5.90 6.47
8 6.60 7.32
9 7.27 8.16
10 7.91 8.98
11 8.52 9.79
12 9.11 10.6
13 9.68 11.4
14 10.2 12.1
15 10.7 12.9
16 11.2 13.6
17 11.7 14.3
18 12.2 15.0
19 12.6 15.7
20 13.0 16.4
21 13.4 17.0
22 13.8 17.7
23 14.2 18.3
24 14.5 18.9
-RATIO
USING THE RATIO TABLE RATIO FORMULA
TOTAL LOAD TO BE LIFTED
SINGLE LINE PULL IN POUNDS
Example:
To find the number of parts of line needed when weight of
load and single line pull is established.
.Sample Problem:
..~~,480 tbs.(load to be lifted)•f .,000 Ibs.(single line pull)=9.06 RATIO
\..~.,Refer to ratio 9.06 in table or number nearest to it,then
check column under heading "Number of Parts of Line"...
12 parts of line to be used for this load.
Example:
To find single /ine pUll needed when weight of load and
number of parts of line are establi$hed.
Sample Problem:
68,000 lbs.{load to be lifted).
6.60 (ratio of 8 part line)=10,300 Ibs.(single line pull)
10,300 lbs.single line pull required to lift this load on 8
parts of line.